- Joined
- Sep 13, 2022
- Messages
- 399
- Reaction score
- 367
- Points
- 83
- Age
- 28
- Location
- Pittsburgh, PA
- Favorite Sports Team
-
- Favorite Sports Team
-
- Favorite Sports Team
-
- Favorite Sports Team
-
Welcome to the official website of GroundZero.com. Here you will find everything you need when it comes to the FWA Reality show Ground Zero. This website will contain news, rosters, show results, history, and more! Ground Zero is known as FWA's first ever reality TV show. It has multiple seasons where wrestling wannabes got the chance to earn their way onto an FWA roster. The grand prize for every season has always been a guaranteed roster spot. If you can make it on the show, survive every weekly elimination, and win in the final match, you get yourself an official FWA contract.
The first ever season of Ground Zero featured a variety of nobodies off the street who were trying to prove themselves. It was hosted by FWA Wrestler Saint Sulley, and unlike other seasons, this season came with more than just an FWA contract as a prize. The winner got to be managed by Saint Sulley himself. Eventually, Ty Johnson would ultimately win the first season of Ground Zero, and the rest is history!
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 7
The pyros go off as the crowd goes crazy. We are about to start yet another episode of Ground Zero! Everyday People starts to play as the intro to the show is seen playing on the Jumbotron.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: Welcome to Episode 7 of Ground Zero folks! We have just ten superstars remaining on the show. Including tonight we have just four episodes left of FWA's first Reality TV Competition.
Cris Collinsworth: Speaking of firsts, we also have our first feud match in show history happening tonight. Tyrone Johnson will face off against his former childhood friend turned rival Daiquan Andrews. The duo knows there can only be one winner of the show, and so they have turned their backs on each other.
Gus Johnson: It is really quite a sad story. Cris do you think these two can come back from this once the show is over?
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know Gus, I've seen friendships permanently destroyed over lesser things. The question is how much farther will the two take it before the show ends? Some actions are just nonforgivable.
Gus Johnson: Well we will surely find out within these last four episodes, but here comes host Dave Sullivan.
Host of Ground Zero Dave Sullivan struts down to the stage ring with a microphone in his hand. The small crowd of 7,500 gets on their feet as they await what the host of the show has to say tonight.
Dave Sullivan: So in tonight's main event...we will see two childhood best friends go at it. This however, will be a non elimination match...
The crowd begins to boo.
Dave Sullivan: But we still have two eliminations coming tonight. And one will be coming tonight...I will be picking who I believe is the worst competitor from each team. They will fight in an elimination match...whoever is pinned will be eliminated on the spot. Whoever gets the pin will earn immunity for their team for the rest of the night.
So let's get started, let me get...James Blake, Ralph Maddox, Tanner Gaskil, and Chang Hoi Sun. Get your asses out here and prove to us all you still deserve to be here.
Ralph Maddox (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Wow RamJam just costed his team the match with his antics!
Cris Collinsworth: So much for Clown Lives Matter. He just handcuffed his own partner...using Officer Dulaney's own handcuffs.
Gus Johnson: I don't know if I've ever seen something this messed up. RamJam is certainly going to be in hot water with Team Broc.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan, the Host of Ground Zero, is out in the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Fans, it is time for our main event. But we still have one more elimination to go tonight, so here is what we are going to do. Daiquan is representing Team Broc...Tyrone is representing Team James. Whichever person loses, their team coach will be forced to eliminate someone tonight. It could be them, it could be someone else. That is up to the coach. But those are the stakes.
This match has been in the making for weeks now, and I think it's finally time for these two boys to get their energy out. They both have a lot to prove. Let's get started...
Gus Johnson: Daiquan just got himself DQ'd!
Cris Collinsworth: That shows you how heated this feud is. I think on paper even though Tyrone gets the win, Daiquan got a win of his own. Tyrone is still bleeding in the ring.
Gus Johnson: Right, but was it worth it Cris? Because now Team Broc is going to have to eliminate another contestant, and it could be Daiquan himself.
Tyrone rolls out of the ring to get medical attention, as Coach Broc storms down the ramp and into the ring. He is not very happy. He has a microphone.
Coach Broc Flucker: Do you taste that guys? That is the taste of shit. We had four men...four guys on Team Broc going into the night. Ralph lost earlier, fine he had it coming. Then RamJam costs us the match by handcuffing his own damn partner to a turnbuckle with handcuffs...and then...and then Daiquan, with our team on the line, you go and get yourself disqualified from the match. All you had to do was pin him you idiot!
The way I see it I have two choices tonight. It's either going to be you Daiquan...who got us into this predicament in the first place by costing himself the match, or the clown.
RAMJAM! GET YOUR ASS OUT HERE!
RamJam struts down the ramp and into the ring as the crowd begins to chant "CLOWN LIVES MATTER" again.
Coach Broc: RamJam...to be a wrestler in the FWA, sometimes you have to work as a team with people. Tonight you took your partner and you handcuffed him to a turnbuckle because you thought you could win by yourself. You didn't...you instead got pinned and lost us the match. For that, you are my choice to be eliminated. Pack up your shit.
The crowd begins to boo loudly as they start chanting "CLOWN LIVES MATTER" even harder.
RamJam (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Well RamJam had that coming. He coasted his team the match earlier. And even though Daiquan got himself DQ'd, we all knew Broc wouldn't eliminate him tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: What a bad night for Team Broc. But now we only have 8 stars left...two for each team.
Gus Johnson: And with three episodes left of Ground Zero, we are inching our way closer and closer to seeing who will be crowned the winner. That is it for the show tonight folks! Tune in next week where we will see the final 8 contestants square off yet again! Good night!
End Show.
Host:
Saint Sulley
Commentators:
Gus Johnson
and Chris Collinsworth
Team Coaches:
Mac Michaud
James Hughes
Broc Flucker
Chris Kennedy
Main Cast:
(Ryan Eggold)
Name: James Blake
Location: Las Vegas Nevada
Age: 27
Background: James Blake is a forensic psychologist from Las Vegas, Nevada. He has a bachelor's degree in Criminal Justice and Psychology and has worked with children and adults from all different backgrounds. But the wrestling world is a whole different type of psychology that James may or may not be prepared for.
(Hulk Hogan)
Name: Magnum Jackson
Location: Tampa Florida
Age: 51
Background: Magnum is an 80s cover band musician, struggling to make a living. He is obsessed with the 80s and all the flare that came with it.
(Matt Damon)
Name: Dan Dulaney
Location: Brooklyn, New York
Age: 30
Background: Dan isan NYPD officer who has been on the job for 8 years. He has experienced all kinds of different criminals and thugs, so he thinks the FWA will be no big deal.
(Mark Walhberg)
Name: Jack Harris
Location: Dallas, Texas
Age: 31
Background: Jack is a Navy Seal vet. His counselor advised him not to go into the show because of his lingering PTSD, but Jack is doing it anyway. His hand to hand combat experience should make him dangerous in the ring, and his mental state should make him dangerous outside of it.
(Brad Pitt)
Name: Sam Donovan
Location: Seattle, Washington
Age: 25
Background: Sam listed his occupation as elementary school teacher, but we swear we remember a guy with a similar name who briefly appeared in the FWA awhile back as a CIA agent. We could be mistaken, but it does seem odd.
(Doink)
Name: Ramjam
Location: The FWA Rafters (Also known to reside in North Carolina)
Age: 39
Background: Ramjam works as a dedicated independent contractor, often working highly exclusive and popular events. By that we mean he works as a clown for children's birthday parties. When he isn't giving crying children balloons, he's usually off drinking himself into a coma. He is also a very big advocate of the #ClownLivesMatter movement.working highly exclusive and popular events. By that we mean he works as a clown for children's birthday parties. When he isn't giving crying children balloons, he's usually off drinking himself into a coma. He is also a very big advocate of the #ClownLivesMatter movement.
(Reid Flair)
Name: Randy Porter
Location: Los Angeles, California
Age: 23
Background: He's not a wrestler, but he plays one on TV! Randy has been working as a wrestling actor and stunt double in LA. But can he pull off the real thing? Oh, and he also has a major drug problem.
(Norman Reedus)
Name: Ralph Maddox
Location: Detroit, MI
Age: 25
Background: Ralph is a working as a Detroit mechanic. His favorite weapon of choice is his big giant wrench.
(Damson Idris)
Name: Tyrone Johnson
Location: Paterson, NJ
Age: 24
Background: Tyrone is a two-bit gangster from the streets of Paterson, NJ. He's had jobs at Toys R Us, Dish Network, Hamilton County Jail cafeteria worker, and Embassy Suites Hotels. He also has an addiction to cocaine, something his best friend Daiquan Andrews is often concerned about. Daiquan will be on the show with Tyrone, as well as his brother Wayne.
(Bin Wang)
Name: Chang Hoi Sun
Location: Bejing, China
Age: 27
Background: Chang Hoi Sun is a seasoned martial arts instructor in Bejing, China. He takes pride in his self-discipline and perseverance as he strives for success. He has all the tools to win the show, but can he do it?
(Joc Pederson)
Name: "Rusty" Keener
Location: Kansas
Age: 25
Background: Russell "Rusty" Keener is a blue collar farm boy working on his father's ranch in somewhere in the heart of Kansas. But Rusty wants more in life than to live on a ranch milking cows forever. He wants to be one of them big city 'wrasslers he sees on the talking picture screen. Will Rusty's farm boy charm and dirty hands work ethic be enough to get him a contract with the FWA?
(Ben Affleck)
Name: Tommy Morris
Location: Boston, Massachusets
Age: 29
Background: Tommy is an up and coming defense attorney from the city on the hill. He has defended some pretty big clients, but can he defend himself in the wrestling ring?
(Zach Braff)
Name: Tanner Gaskil
Location: Las Vegas, Nevada
Age: 29
Background: Tanner is an EMT medic from Las Vegas. He has seen some pretty gruesome things in his day, so battling in the ring won't be the worst thing he's done. He has turned some of his traditional EMT techniques into some pretty deadly in ring moves. Just wait until you see his new version of The Heimlich Maneuver.
(Doug Hutchison)
Name: The Butcher
Location: Baltimore, Maryland
Age: 34
Background: The Butcher is a former prison guard from Baltimore who has gone absolutely off the wall. It started with an overinflated sense of authority, that turned into an ignorant idea of how he thinks the law works. He is really big on intellectual property, so steal his gimmick and he will sue you. He has been manipulative and psychotic on his prison block and gets his name from the way he mentally breaks down his inmates.
(William Baldwin)
Name: Jackson DeBolt
Location: Philadelphia, PA
Age: 30
Background: Jackson is a firefighter from the city of brotherly love.
(Jeffrey Dean Morgan)
Name: Jeff Crowe
Location: Morris, Minnesota
Age: 32
Background: Jeff has made a living as a used car salesman. He is very slick with his words and getting his way, and knows how to manipulate people with his charismatic personality.
(Daniel Stern)
Name: Sticky Finger Joe
Location: Chicago
Age: 43
Background: Sticky Finger Joe is a long time Hobo from Chicago. He loves liquor and long walks on the beach. is a long time Hobo from Chicago. He loves liquor and long walks on the beach.
(Weeman)
Name: Big Steve
Location: Los Angeles, California
Age: 28
Background: Big Steve is often overlooked, but don't estimate his size as he very often comes up short.
(Joe Anglim)
Name: Luke Turner
Location: Cleveland, Ohio
Age: 26
Background: Luke is a ticket scalper for a living. He stands on street corners and scalps tickets for Cleveland Browns games. Do you know how hard it is to get people to buy Cleveland Browns tickets?
(Richard Sherman)
Name: Daiquan Andrews
Location: Paterson, NJ
Age: 24
Background: Daiquan is the dimmer best friend of Tyrone Johnson. When Tyrone is the brains of the group that is usually not a good thing, but these two blend well together. Daiquan rocks either two outfits, his tighty whitie pump panties or a classy tailored suit. In fact, Daiquan is a huge suit enthusiast.
Saint Sulley
Commentators:
Gus Johnson
and Chris Collinsworth
Team Coaches:
Mac Michaud
James Hughes
Broc Flucker
Chris Kennedy
Main Cast:
(Ryan Eggold)
Name: James Blake
Location: Las Vegas Nevada
Age: 27
Background: James Blake is a forensic psychologist from Las Vegas, Nevada. He has a bachelor's degree in Criminal Justice and Psychology and has worked with children and adults from all different backgrounds. But the wrestling world is a whole different type of psychology that James may or may not be prepared for.
(Hulk Hogan)
Name: Magnum Jackson
Location: Tampa Florida
Age: 51
Background: Magnum is an 80s cover band musician, struggling to make a living. He is obsessed with the 80s and all the flare that came with it.
(Matt Damon)
Name: Dan Dulaney
Location: Brooklyn, New York
Age: 30
Background: Dan isan NYPD officer who has been on the job for 8 years. He has experienced all kinds of different criminals and thugs, so he thinks the FWA will be no big deal.
(Mark Walhberg)
Name: Jack Harris
Location: Dallas, Texas
Age: 31
Background: Jack is a Navy Seal vet. His counselor advised him not to go into the show because of his lingering PTSD, but Jack is doing it anyway. His hand to hand combat experience should make him dangerous in the ring, and his mental state should make him dangerous outside of it.
(Brad Pitt)
Name: Sam Donovan
Location: Seattle, Washington
Age: 25
Background: Sam listed his occupation as elementary school teacher, but we swear we remember a guy with a similar name who briefly appeared in the FWA awhile back as a CIA agent. We could be mistaken, but it does seem odd.
(Doink)
Name: Ramjam
Location: The FWA Rafters (Also known to reside in North Carolina)
Age: 39
Background: Ramjam works as a dedicated independent contractor, often working highly exclusive and popular events. By that we mean he works as a clown for children's birthday parties. When he isn't giving crying children balloons, he's usually off drinking himself into a coma. He is also a very big advocate of the #ClownLivesMatter movement.working highly exclusive and popular events. By that we mean he works as a clown for children's birthday parties. When he isn't giving crying children balloons, he's usually off drinking himself into a coma. He is also a very big advocate of the #ClownLivesMatter movement.
(Reid Flair)
Name: Randy Porter
Location: Los Angeles, California
Age: 23
Background: He's not a wrestler, but he plays one on TV! Randy has been working as a wrestling actor and stunt double in LA. But can he pull off the real thing? Oh, and he also has a major drug problem.
(Norman Reedus)
Name: Ralph Maddox
Location: Detroit, MI
Age: 25
Background: Ralph is a working as a Detroit mechanic. His favorite weapon of choice is his big giant wrench.
(Damson Idris)
Name: Tyrone Johnson
Location: Paterson, NJ
Age: 24
Background: Tyrone is a two-bit gangster from the streets of Paterson, NJ. He's had jobs at Toys R Us, Dish Network, Hamilton County Jail cafeteria worker, and Embassy Suites Hotels. He also has an addiction to cocaine, something his best friend Daiquan Andrews is often concerned about. Daiquan will be on the show with Tyrone, as well as his brother Wayne.
(Bin Wang)
Name: Chang Hoi Sun
Location: Bejing, China
Age: 27
Background: Chang Hoi Sun is a seasoned martial arts instructor in Bejing, China. He takes pride in his self-discipline and perseverance as he strives for success. He has all the tools to win the show, but can he do it?
(Joc Pederson)
Name: "Rusty" Keener
Location: Kansas
Age: 25
Background: Russell "Rusty" Keener is a blue collar farm boy working on his father's ranch in somewhere in the heart of Kansas. But Rusty wants more in life than to live on a ranch milking cows forever. He wants to be one of them big city 'wrasslers he sees on the talking picture screen. Will Rusty's farm boy charm and dirty hands work ethic be enough to get him a contract with the FWA?
(Ben Affleck)
Name: Tommy Morris
Location: Boston, Massachusets
Age: 29
Background: Tommy is an up and coming defense attorney from the city on the hill. He has defended some pretty big clients, but can he defend himself in the wrestling ring?
(Zach Braff)
Name: Tanner Gaskil
Location: Las Vegas, Nevada
Age: 29
Background: Tanner is an EMT medic from Las Vegas. He has seen some pretty gruesome things in his day, so battling in the ring won't be the worst thing he's done. He has turned some of his traditional EMT techniques into some pretty deadly in ring moves. Just wait until you see his new version of The Heimlich Maneuver.
(Doug Hutchison)
Name: The Butcher
Location: Baltimore, Maryland
Age: 34
Background: The Butcher is a former prison guard from Baltimore who has gone absolutely off the wall. It started with an overinflated sense of authority, that turned into an ignorant idea of how he thinks the law works. He is really big on intellectual property, so steal his gimmick and he will sue you. He has been manipulative and psychotic on his prison block and gets his name from the way he mentally breaks down his inmates.
(William Baldwin)
Name: Jackson DeBolt
Location: Philadelphia, PA
Age: 30
Background: Jackson is a firefighter from the city of brotherly love.
(Jeffrey Dean Morgan)
Name: Jeff Crowe
Location: Morris, Minnesota
Age: 32
Background: Jeff has made a living as a used car salesman. He is very slick with his words and getting his way, and knows how to manipulate people with his charismatic personality.
(Daniel Stern)
Name: Sticky Finger Joe
Location: Chicago
Age: 43
Background: Sticky Finger Joe is a long time Hobo from Chicago. He loves liquor and long walks on the beach. is a long time Hobo from Chicago. He loves liquor and long walks on the beach.
(Weeman)
Name: Big Steve
Location: Los Angeles, California
Age: 28
Background: Big Steve is often overlooked, but don't estimate his size as he very often comes up short.
(Joe Anglim)
Name: Luke Turner
Location: Cleveland, Ohio
Age: 26
Background: Luke is a ticket scalper for a living. He stands on street corners and scalps tickets for Cleveland Browns games. Do you know how hard it is to get people to buy Cleveland Browns tickets?
(Richard Sherman)
Name: Daiquan Andrews
Location: Paterson, NJ
Age: 24
Background: Daiquan is the dimmer best friend of Tyrone Johnson. When Tyrone is the brains of the group that is usually not a good thing, but these two blend well together. Daiquan rocks either two outfits, his tighty whitie pump panties or a classy tailored suit. In fact, Daiquan is a huge suit enthusiast.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 1
The show opens with a great shot of the Roberto Clemente Bridge in Pittsburgh, Pennslyvania spanning across the Allegheny River. Standing on the bridge is none other than former FWA star Dave Sullivan, dressed in an expensive looking suit. Dave has an earpiece in his left ear.
Dave Sullivan: I am standing here in my native home of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania where we are about to meet 26 people whose lives will be forever changed by one credible journey.
These contestants that you will see on your TV are just like you. They are every day people who have been living every day lives. But they have an once in a lifetime opportunity to make their life into something completely new, and fulfill a dream of becoming an FWA Superstar.
Over the next ten weeks these every day men will be showing their worth. They are wiping the slate of their previous lives clean, and will venture into a completely new territory. They will be sent home one by one until there is one man standing. The last one left will get a contract to become an FWA Superstar, and will be managed by one of the greatest FWA wrestlers to have played the game...me off course.
26 men...only one will win. This...is Ground Zero.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
January 18th, 2017
Dave Sullivan is in an office interviewing potential candidates for the show. The scene has sort of a documentary film style to it, with office phones ringing in the background.
Dave Sullivan: So tell me about yourself. Tell me why you think you'll be a great superstar in the FWA.
Bobby Yu: Well...uh, I mean I'm pretty awesome. Like, do you see that water jug out there in the annex? I could probably go over and punch it like really hard, and it'd fall right off. Probably.
Dave Sullivan: Hmm, ok...how about this. Tell me who you are. What do you do? Who is Bobby Yu?
Bobby Yu: Well, I guess I'll start with childhood. I grew up in those pretty terrible house out in New Orleans. Foster house they're called, many poor boys like myself have lived there trust me.
Dave Sullivan: Oh wow, ok. Tell me about your parents. What happened to them?
Bobby Yu: Well my mom, she uh...she sewed clothes. She was a tailor I guess they're called. I remember she sewed me this really nice pair of blue jeans right before she left. And my father, he loved to play poker. Always going down into New Orleans and gambling...
Dave Sullivan: Wait, are you just telling me the lyrics of House of the Rising Sun?
Bobby Yu: Uh....
Dave Sullivan: Get the hell out of here.
*Cut to Present Day inside the Ground Zero Arena*
The live crowd is cheering loud as host Dave Sullivan is standing in the middle of a black and gold ring.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen. You know the idea of the show already. 26 every day citizens will compete for an FWA contract. But there's a part that I did not tell you...
Each of them will be split up into four teams, and each team will be led by a coach. The coach is responsible for training every member of their team, and will occasionally be responsible for sending someone from their team home. These coaches are not just any ordinary coaches though. They are more competitive than ever, and they will try to be the winning coach at all costs. Why? Because these coaches, like me, are FWA superstars!
Introducing the first coach....from Edmonton, Alberta Canada...he is a two time FWA TV Champion....
Mac Michaud!
Strutting down to the ring is Coach Michaud. He shakes Sullivan's hand and joins him as Dave announces the next coach.
Dave Sullivan: Our next Coach is recently retired from the FWA. He has at times ruled the Tag Team division, and was a former partner of mine and Mac's in the stable Over The Edge long long ago...his name is...
James Hughes
James Hughes heads out to a mix of a boos and cheers as he joins Mac and Dave in the ring.
Dave Sullivan: This next coach may not have the accomplishments of Hughes and Michaud, but dammit he is like a cousin to me. And that's because he is my cousin. Please welcome.....
Broc "Lobster" Flucker
Broc heads down to the ring without his Broc Lobster gimmick and his lobster Larry. He is here in a more serious role as he looks to coach some young superstars.
Dave Sullivan: And now I have one last coach to introduce. And don't think I saved the best for last, because there is no reason to think I did...but...well...I did. Because let's face it, this guy is a 4x World Champion. A Carnal Contendership winner, a rookie of the year winner. I mean basically every award you could have won he won it, and here he is trying to win something else. He is here because, and I quote "I have nothing else better to do so sure why not".
Chris Kennedy
Chris Kennedy makes a big show of his entrance as he smugly heads down to the ring. The crowd goes crazy at the sight of one of the biggest stars in FWA history. Dave extends his hand to Kennedy for a handshake as he enters the ring, but Chris pretends he doesn't see him and runs right past him to jump on the turn buckle and hype up the crowd.
Dave Sullivan: So we have our coaches. At the end of this show they will draft their teams. Each team will start out with five contestants. But Dave, how can there only be four teams of five contestants whenever there are 26 contestants total you ask?
Because tonight...in our main (and only) event of the evening...we will have a Ground Zero Showdown.
And I will explain what that is after this commercial break.
*Commercial Break*
April 14th, 2016
Dave Sullivan is seen riding in a van with his camera crew. They are driving through the streets of Paterson, NJ.
Dave Sullivan: Hey, hey stop! This is the place.
They stop the van and head outside to a very Ghetto looking neighborhood. Right outside the van is a very run down basketball court, with some very...urban...looking gentlemen having a game.
Dave, in his suit, heads up to the gentlemen to introduce himself.
Dave Sullivan: Hello, my name is Dave Sullivan and I'd like to invite you fellas to apply to our new reality sh-
Black Guy 1: YO WHO DA HELL is this cracka on our court?
Black Guy 2: LOL I think dat fool tryin to talk smack on you Tyrone. You should kick his white little ass.
Tyrone: You talkin smack dawg? Daiquan says you betalkin smack.
Dave Sullivan: No, I'm a host of a-
Daiquan: Oh man he totally talkin smack Tyrone. Whoop his ass.
Dave Sullivan: Wait you guys don't understand, I'm from the FWA andI just wa-
Tyrone: SHUT you mouth cracka. Daiquan hold him down.
Daiquan grabs Dave's arms as Tyrone is about to get ready to fight until...
Black Guy 3: TYRONE. WHAT YOU DOIN MAN. WHO YOU BEATIN UP.
Tyrone: God dammit...Wayne, go back inside man. This don't concern you.
Wayne: TYRONE YOU KNOW MOMMA DONT LIKE YOU FIGHTIN.
Daiquan: LOL Tyrone tell your fat Blue brother to go back inside and cry about his knee.
Wayne: DAIQUAN YOU BETTA SHUT YO MOUTH. I WAS IN DA MARINES MAN. I HURT MY KNEE THAT THE ONLY REASON WHY IM OUT. WHO YOUR WHITE FRIEND TYRONE? TELL HIM I DONT BITE.
Tyrone: What, no I aint gonna tell him you don't bite man why would I say that. He gonna think you bite if I tell him that.
Daiquan: Well he does bite Tyrone.
Wayne: NO I DONT MAN. I DONT BITE.
Dave Sullivan: Guys! I hate to interrupt this, but you don't understand. I'm from a TV Show. You know FWA Wrestling? Tyrone, I think you have potential to become a part of it.
Daiquan: Yo why the fuck Tyrone the one who's on it?
Tyrone: Daiquan is right, I aint going on without my boy Daiquan.
Daiquan: Yo man you aint going on at all. This fool out his mind. I say we whoop him now, and if he wasn't wearing such a nice suit I would've kicked his ass already.
Dave Sullivan: What if...what if I beat you guys in a basketball game?
Tyrone: LOL! Beat us in basketball? Daiquan you hear that man?
Daiquan: HAHAHAHAHA....how you gonna beat us both man? You aint even got another partner...
Dave Sullivan: Well what about...him?
Dave points towards Wayne...
Daiquan: HAHAHAHAHAHA.
Tyrone: Oh my god this is too funny. Smh.Ight man you and Wayne versus me and Daiquan. And if we win, we get to kick yo ass. First to ten.
The basketball game is about to start. Wayne and Dave are on one side and Tyrone and Daiquan are on the other. Tyrone and Daiquan pull ahead with the first basket. And another, and another. But Dave and Wayne come back and tie it up 9-9. Game point coming up.
Dave: Ok Wayne, we need a play. Gotan ideas?
Wayne: HOW CAN MY FEET SMELL...IF THEY DONT GOT NO NOSE?
Dave: *sigh* Ok...let's do this.
Tyrone passes the ball to Daiquan, and Daiquan passes it back..Tyrone pushes into the paint, but passes it back to the outside. Daiquan is about to hit a deep shot when out of nowhere comes Wayne! Wayne bites Daiquan right in the shoulder.
Daiquan: AH! Goddamn, he bit me!
Daiquan drops the ball and Sullivan scoops it up. Dave sprints down court and hits the game winning dunk to pull of the upset.
Dave Sullivan: So I guess I can write you guys a paycheck to be on the show then?
Tyrone: Paycheck? Why aint you say we gonna get a paycheck? WE IN MAN.
*Commercial Break*
We are back to Dave Sullivan and his coaches in the FWA ring, where Dave will announce just what a Ground Zero Showdown match is.
Dave Sullivan: So where was I? Oh yes. A Ground Zero Showdown. You see we only have 10 Weeks to find our next FWA Superstar, and we have 26contestents. It just doesn't work. So we need to figure out who deserves to be here, and who doesn't make the cut.
So here are the rules for a Ground Zero Showdown...
Rule Number 1: Everyone starts in or around the ring. All 26 superstars.
Rule Number 2: If you get a pin, you are safe. You can leave the match and head back to the locker room.
Rule Number 3: The last six contestants remaining without a pin will be eliminated from the show.
And ladies and gentlemen let me introduce our commentators...famously known for their work in the NFL...
Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth!
Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth both trot down to the ring as we head to another break.
*commercial break*
We come back from the break to a scene taking place at a shooting range. With host Dave Sullivan standing with another man.
Dave Sullivan: I'm here with Ground Zero contestant Jack Harris. He is a former Navy Seal, and he is one of the toughest contestants I have met so far. He has been through and seen it all, and yet here he is trying to go for me.
Jack let me ask you...there have been some concerns with our production staff, that you may not be mentally fit to participate in our show. There are some questions on whether or not you have PTSD. If you do we do have doctors and a lot of professionals who can help you, but we want you to disclose this information now...
Jack Harris picks up a glock off the table and loads the clip into it. Dave takes a step back. Harris moves his arm up, and shoots the shooting range target. Bullseye.
Jack Harris: Dave...are you seriously talking to me about mental illnesses?
Dave Sullivan: Touche Jack...Touche.
*commercial break*
Gus Johnson: Well ladies and gentlemen that was our show for tonight. What a match that was. I cannot wait to see who gets drafted to which coach's team and how they improve.
Cris Collinsworth: My money is on Big Steve. What an underdog win for him right at the end there.
Dave Sullivan comes into the ring with a microphone.
Dave Sullivan: Well that is that, we have our 20 man roster! But guess what folks, those twenty still aren't safe.
This week, I want some things from the fans. I am going to ask that you all head over to GroundZero.com, and you vote on our poll. All 20 guys who were safe tonight will be on there. I want you to vote for who you think should go home next. The two guys with the most votes will face off in a match to open up our show next week, and the loser will be eliminated on the spot.
In the meantime, check out GroundZero.com for some other great clips on all of our superstars. We have so much more to show about our contestants that didn't make it on the live show tonight.
Have a great night guys and see you next Wednesday night!
The show opens with a great shot of the Roberto Clemente Bridge in Pittsburgh, Pennslyvania spanning across the Allegheny River. Standing on the bridge is none other than former FWA star Dave Sullivan, dressed in an expensive looking suit. Dave has an earpiece in his left ear.
Dave Sullivan: I am standing here in my native home of Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania where we are about to meet 26 people whose lives will be forever changed by one credible journey.
These contestants that you will see on your TV are just like you. They are every day people who have been living every day lives. But they have an once in a lifetime opportunity to make their life into something completely new, and fulfill a dream of becoming an FWA Superstar.
Over the next ten weeks these every day men will be showing their worth. They are wiping the slate of their previous lives clean, and will venture into a completely new territory. They will be sent home one by one until there is one man standing. The last one left will get a contract to become an FWA Superstar, and will be managed by one of the greatest FWA wrestlers to have played the game...me off course.
26 men...only one will win. This...is Ground Zero.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
January 18th, 2017
Dave Sullivan is in an office interviewing potential candidates for the show. The scene has sort of a documentary film style to it, with office phones ringing in the background.
Dave Sullivan: So tell me about yourself. Tell me why you think you'll be a great superstar in the FWA.
Bobby Yu: Well...uh, I mean I'm pretty awesome. Like, do you see that water jug out there in the annex? I could probably go over and punch it like really hard, and it'd fall right off. Probably.
Dave Sullivan: Hmm, ok...how about this. Tell me who you are. What do you do? Who is Bobby Yu?
Bobby Yu: Well, I guess I'll start with childhood. I grew up in those pretty terrible house out in New Orleans. Foster house they're called, many poor boys like myself have lived there trust me.
Dave Sullivan: Oh wow, ok. Tell me about your parents. What happened to them?
Bobby Yu: Well my mom, she uh...she sewed clothes. She was a tailor I guess they're called. I remember she sewed me this really nice pair of blue jeans right before she left. And my father, he loved to play poker. Always going down into New Orleans and gambling...
Dave Sullivan: Wait, are you just telling me the lyrics of House of the Rising Sun?
Bobby Yu: Uh....
Dave Sullivan: Get the hell out of here.
*Cut to Present Day inside the Ground Zero Arena*
The live crowd is cheering loud as host Dave Sullivan is standing in the middle of a black and gold ring.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen. You know the idea of the show already. 26 every day citizens will compete for an FWA contract. But there's a part that I did not tell you...
Each of them will be split up into four teams, and each team will be led by a coach. The coach is responsible for training every member of their team, and will occasionally be responsible for sending someone from their team home. These coaches are not just any ordinary coaches though. They are more competitive than ever, and they will try to be the winning coach at all costs. Why? Because these coaches, like me, are FWA superstars!
Introducing the first coach....from Edmonton, Alberta Canada...he is a two time FWA TV Champion....
Mac Michaud!
Strutting down to the ring is Coach Michaud. He shakes Sullivan's hand and joins him as Dave announces the next coach.
Dave Sullivan: Our next Coach is recently retired from the FWA. He has at times ruled the Tag Team division, and was a former partner of mine and Mac's in the stable Over The Edge long long ago...his name is...
James Hughes
James Hughes heads out to a mix of a boos and cheers as he joins Mac and Dave in the ring.
Dave Sullivan: This next coach may not have the accomplishments of Hughes and Michaud, but dammit he is like a cousin to me. And that's because he is my cousin. Please welcome.....
Broc "Lobster" Flucker
Broc heads down to the ring without his Broc Lobster gimmick and his lobster Larry. He is here in a more serious role as he looks to coach some young superstars.
Dave Sullivan: And now I have one last coach to introduce. And don't think I saved the best for last, because there is no reason to think I did...but...well...I did. Because let's face it, this guy is a 4x World Champion. A Carnal Contendership winner, a rookie of the year winner. I mean basically every award you could have won he won it, and here he is trying to win something else. He is here because, and I quote "I have nothing else better to do so sure why not".
Chris Kennedy
Chris Kennedy makes a big show of his entrance as he smugly heads down to the ring. The crowd goes crazy at the sight of one of the biggest stars in FWA history. Dave extends his hand to Kennedy for a handshake as he enters the ring, but Chris pretends he doesn't see him and runs right past him to jump on the turn buckle and hype up the crowd.
Dave Sullivan: So we have our coaches. At the end of this show they will draft their teams. Each team will start out with five contestants. But Dave, how can there only be four teams of five contestants whenever there are 26 contestants total you ask?
Because tonight...in our main (and only) event of the evening...we will have a Ground Zero Showdown.
And I will explain what that is after this commercial break.
*Commercial Break*
April 14th, 2016
Dave Sullivan is seen riding in a van with his camera crew. They are driving through the streets of Paterson, NJ.
Dave Sullivan: Hey, hey stop! This is the place.
They stop the van and head outside to a very Ghetto looking neighborhood. Right outside the van is a very run down basketball court, with some very...urban...looking gentlemen having a game.
Dave, in his suit, heads up to the gentlemen to introduce himself.
Dave Sullivan: Hello, my name is Dave Sullivan and I'd like to invite you fellas to apply to our new reality sh-
Black Guy 1: YO WHO DA HELL is this cracka on our court?
Black Guy 2: LOL I think dat fool tryin to talk smack on you Tyrone. You should kick his white little ass.
Tyrone: You talkin smack dawg? Daiquan says you betalkin smack.
Dave Sullivan: No, I'm a host of a-
Daiquan: Oh man he totally talkin smack Tyrone. Whoop his ass.
Dave Sullivan: Wait you guys don't understand, I'm from the FWA andI just wa-
Tyrone: SHUT you mouth cracka. Daiquan hold him down.
Daiquan grabs Dave's arms as Tyrone is about to get ready to fight until...
Black Guy 3: TYRONE. WHAT YOU DOIN MAN. WHO YOU BEATIN UP.
Tyrone: God dammit...Wayne, go back inside man. This don't concern you.
Wayne: TYRONE YOU KNOW MOMMA DONT LIKE YOU FIGHTIN.
Daiquan: LOL Tyrone tell your fat Blue brother to go back inside and cry about his knee.
Wayne: DAIQUAN YOU BETTA SHUT YO MOUTH. I WAS IN DA MARINES MAN. I HURT MY KNEE THAT THE ONLY REASON WHY IM OUT. WHO YOUR WHITE FRIEND TYRONE? TELL HIM I DONT BITE.
Tyrone: What, no I aint gonna tell him you don't bite man why would I say that. He gonna think you bite if I tell him that.
Daiquan: Well he does bite Tyrone.
Wayne: NO I DONT MAN. I DONT BITE.
Dave Sullivan: Guys! I hate to interrupt this, but you don't understand. I'm from a TV Show. You know FWA Wrestling? Tyrone, I think you have potential to become a part of it.
Daiquan: Yo why the fuck Tyrone the one who's on it?
Tyrone: Daiquan is right, I aint going on without my boy Daiquan.
Daiquan: Yo man you aint going on at all. This fool out his mind. I say we whoop him now, and if he wasn't wearing such a nice suit I would've kicked his ass already.
Dave Sullivan: What if...what if I beat you guys in a basketball game?
Tyrone: LOL! Beat us in basketball? Daiquan you hear that man?
Daiquan: HAHAHAHAHA....how you gonna beat us both man? You aint even got another partner...
Dave Sullivan: Well what about...him?
Dave points towards Wayne...
Daiquan: HAHAHAHAHAHA.
Tyrone: Oh my god this is too funny. Smh.Ight man you and Wayne versus me and Daiquan. And if we win, we get to kick yo ass. First to ten.
The basketball game is about to start. Wayne and Dave are on one side and Tyrone and Daiquan are on the other. Tyrone and Daiquan pull ahead with the first basket. And another, and another. But Dave and Wayne come back and tie it up 9-9. Game point coming up.
Dave: Ok Wayne, we need a play. Gotan ideas?
Wayne: HOW CAN MY FEET SMELL...IF THEY DONT GOT NO NOSE?
Dave: *sigh* Ok...let's do this.
Tyrone passes the ball to Daiquan, and Daiquan passes it back..Tyrone pushes into the paint, but passes it back to the outside. Daiquan is about to hit a deep shot when out of nowhere comes Wayne! Wayne bites Daiquan right in the shoulder.
Daiquan: AH! Goddamn, he bit me!
Daiquan drops the ball and Sullivan scoops it up. Dave sprints down court and hits the game winning dunk to pull of the upset.
Dave Sullivan: So I guess I can write you guys a paycheck to be on the show then?
Tyrone: Paycheck? Why aint you say we gonna get a paycheck? WE IN MAN.
*Commercial Break*
We are back to Dave Sullivan and his coaches in the FWA ring, where Dave will announce just what a Ground Zero Showdown match is.
Dave Sullivan: So where was I? Oh yes. A Ground Zero Showdown. You see we only have 10 Weeks to find our next FWA Superstar, and we have 26contestents. It just doesn't work. So we need to figure out who deserves to be here, and who doesn't make the cut.
So here are the rules for a Ground Zero Showdown...
Rule Number 1: Everyone starts in or around the ring. All 26 superstars.
Rule Number 2: If you get a pin, you are safe. You can leave the match and head back to the locker room.
Rule Number 3: The last six contestants remaining without a pin will be eliminated from the show.
And ladies and gentlemen let me introduce our commentators...famously known for their work in the NFL...
Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth!
Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth both trot down to the ring as we head to another break.
*commercial break*
We come back from the break to a scene taking place at a shooting range. With host Dave Sullivan standing with another man.
Dave Sullivan: I'm here with Ground Zero contestant Jack Harris. He is a former Navy Seal, and he is one of the toughest contestants I have met so far. He has been through and seen it all, and yet here he is trying to go for me.
Jack let me ask you...there have been some concerns with our production staff, that you may not be mentally fit to participate in our show. There are some questions on whether or not you have PTSD. If you do we do have doctors and a lot of professionals who can help you, but we want you to disclose this information now...
Jack Harris picks up a glock off the table and loads the clip into it. Dave takes a step back. Harris moves his arm up, and shoots the shooting range target. Bullseye.
Jack Harris: Dave...are you seriously talking to me about mental illnesses?
Dave Sullivan: Touche Jack...Touche.
*commercial break*
Gus Johnson: Well ladies and gentlemen that was our show for tonight. What a match that was. I cannot wait to see who gets drafted to which coach's team and how they improve.
Cris Collinsworth: My money is on Big Steve. What an underdog win for him right at the end there.
Dave Sullivan comes into the ring with a microphone.
Dave Sullivan: Well that is that, we have our 20 man roster! But guess what folks, those twenty still aren't safe.
This week, I want some things from the fans. I am going to ask that you all head over to GroundZero.com, and you vote on our poll. All 20 guys who were safe tonight will be on there. I want you to vote for who you think should go home next. The two guys with the most votes will face off in a match to open up our show next week, and the loser will be eliminated on the spot.
In the meantime, check out GroundZero.com for some other great clips on all of our superstars. We have so much more to show about our contestants that didn't make it on the live show tonight.
Have a great night guys and see you next Wednesday night!
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 2
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
The show opens with host Dave Sullivan standing right in the middle of the ring of the small arena. After some black and gold fireworks cast off, Dave begins to speak to the crowd. Coaches Chris Kennedy, Mac Michaud, James Hughes, and Broc Flucker are all on the side. Commentators Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth are at the commentary table.
Dave Sullivan: THIS...IS...GROUND ZERO!
The free admission crowd cheers.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen...we have quite the show in store for you today. Soon we will have our first match...you fans voted over the course of last week to determine who your two least favorite every dayheros were. Those two will compete to open our show, and the loser will be eliminated on the spot. But before I reveal who those two were, I have one more thing to reveal.
Over the course of the week, our four coaches have drafted their teams based on how they competed in last week's main event. So, here are those teams.
Team Chris
1. Jeff Crowe
2. James Blake
3. Sam Donovan
4. Magnum Jackson
5. Randy Porter
Team James
1. Tyrone Johnson
2. Tommy Morris
3. Luke Turner
4. Tanner Gaskil
5. Big Steve
Team Broc
1. Daiquan Andrews
2. Dan Dulaney
3. The Butcher
4. RamJam
5. Ralph Maddox
Team Mac
1. Chang Hoi Sun
2. Rusty Keener
3. Sticky Finger Joe
4. Jack Harris
5. Jackson DeBolt
Dave Sullivan: So those are our teams, but sadly one of those coaches is going to lose one of their draft players right off the bat. The two contestants with the most votes were...actually, it was a three way tie. Magnum Jackson from Team Chris, Randy Porter from Team Chris, and Rusty Keener from Team Mac.
So because this is a two person match, here is what we are going to do. Mac, Rusty has to participate...but who he faces is up to Coach Chris Kennedy. He can choose to put up Randy Porter or Magnum Jackson.
So Chris, who is going to face Rusty Keener in a sudden death elimination match?
Chris Kennedy: I am a winner Dave, you know that. And I will be damned if I am the first one to lose one of my competitors. I think Randy Porter is more tuned when it comes to wrestling than Magnum is right now. I like his chances to win this match.
Dave Sullivan: Fair enough. When we come back from commercial, it will be Randy Porter vs Rusty Keener...the loser will become the 7th person eliminated from the first season of Ground Zero. Coaches you may get in the corners of your respective team members.
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: WELCOME BACK to Ground Zero folks. We are about to get started with our first match, and boy it is a doozie. Someone will be eliminated when this thing is all said and done.
Cris Collinsworth: Here is the fun thing, the coaches are right in their corners. Chris Kenendy and Mac Michaud certainly aren't the best of friends, what is going to stop these guys from getting in the way here?
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Kennedy just got Randy Porter DQ'd! I can't believe it.
Cris Collinsworth: Oh boy, the drama is starting already.
Kennedy is raging and getting in the ref's face, as Mac and Rusty cheer. Rusty Keener has survived and will stay on the show. Randy Porter on the other hand will be going home.
RANDY PORTER HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
*Commercial Break*
There are several more matches throughout the show.
By the end of the night, everyone had competed. The wins were tallied up, and the scores were in.
Dave Sullivan: The team with the most points would be completely safe from any sort of elimination. That team would be...Team Chris! The next two teams will be forced to put a player up in the sudden death elimination match to start next week's show. The team with the second most points...Team James, and the team will the third amount of points...Team Mac!
Team Broc, that means one of you will be going home tonight. Broc, please choose two people from your team to face off in a sudden death elimination match...NO DQ.
Broc Flucker: Oh dammit...I really don't think any of these guys are ready to go home yet. I see a lot of potential in all of them. Dan Dulaney...a NYPD Police officer, he has a lot of fight in him. And Daiquan, man that dude loves suits. He may be dumb as a rock, but I think he has a lot of potential and plus he got the win. Ralph Maddox, I mean that dude already fought for his life today and won.
So I am going to go with Ramjam and The Butcher.
The Butcher is screaming in pain and crying as blood pours from his ear. The medics are trying to help him but they can't get to him because he keeps running around. Mothers are covering their children's eyes.
The medics finally get a hold of The Butcher and have to hold him down.
The Butcher yells out...
The Butcher: I AM GOING TO SUE ALL OF YOU! YOU ARE ALL GOING TO JAIL!
THE BUTCHER HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Gus Johnson: Well folks, that is the end of our show. We are now down to 18 contestants...but only one will win.
Cris Collinsworth: Tune in next week,hopefully we don't see anything as graphic as we just did there.
Gus Johnson: Goodnight everybody!
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
The show opens with host Dave Sullivan standing right in the middle of the ring of the small arena. After some black and gold fireworks cast off, Dave begins to speak to the crowd. Coaches Chris Kennedy, Mac Michaud, James Hughes, and Broc Flucker are all on the side. Commentators Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth are at the commentary table.
Dave Sullivan: THIS...IS...GROUND ZERO!
The free admission crowd cheers.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen...we have quite the show in store for you today. Soon we will have our first match...you fans voted over the course of last week to determine who your two least favorite every dayheros were. Those two will compete to open our show, and the loser will be eliminated on the spot. But before I reveal who those two were, I have one more thing to reveal.
Over the course of the week, our four coaches have drafted their teams based on how they competed in last week's main event. So, here are those teams.
Team Chris
1. Jeff Crowe
2. James Blake
3. Sam Donovan
4. Magnum Jackson
5. Randy Porter
Team James
1. Tyrone Johnson
2. Tommy Morris
3. Luke Turner
4. Tanner Gaskil
5. Big Steve
Team Broc
1. Daiquan Andrews
2. Dan Dulaney
3. The Butcher
4. RamJam
5. Ralph Maddox
Team Mac
1. Chang Hoi Sun
2. Rusty Keener
3. Sticky Finger Joe
4. Jack Harris
5. Jackson DeBolt
Dave Sullivan: So those are our teams, but sadly one of those coaches is going to lose one of their draft players right off the bat. The two contestants with the most votes were...actually, it was a three way tie. Magnum Jackson from Team Chris, Randy Porter from Team Chris, and Rusty Keener from Team Mac.
So because this is a two person match, here is what we are going to do. Mac, Rusty has to participate...but who he faces is up to Coach Chris Kennedy. He can choose to put up Randy Porter or Magnum Jackson.
So Chris, who is going to face Rusty Keener in a sudden death elimination match?
Chris Kennedy: I am a winner Dave, you know that. And I will be damned if I am the first one to lose one of my competitors. I think Randy Porter is more tuned when it comes to wrestling than Magnum is right now. I like his chances to win this match.
Dave Sullivan: Fair enough. When we come back from commercial, it will be Randy Porter vs Rusty Keener...the loser will become the 7th person eliminated from the first season of Ground Zero. Coaches you may get in the corners of your respective team members.
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: WELCOME BACK to Ground Zero folks. We are about to get started with our first match, and boy it is a doozie. Someone will be eliminated when this thing is all said and done.
Cris Collinsworth: Here is the fun thing, the coaches are right in their corners. Chris Kenendy and Mac Michaud certainly aren't the best of friends, what is going to stop these guys from getting in the way here?
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Kennedy just got Randy Porter DQ'd! I can't believe it.
Cris Collinsworth: Oh boy, the drama is starting already.
Kennedy is raging and getting in the ref's face, as Mac and Rusty cheer. Rusty Keener has survived and will stay on the show. Randy Porter on the other hand will be going home.
RANDY PORTER HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
*Commercial Break*
There are several more matches throughout the show.
- Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews competed in a tag team match against Tanner Gaskil and Jackson Debolt, with Tyrone and Daiquan getting the win.
- Ramjam faced Sticky Finger Joe in a battle of the bums, a match that ended in a DQ.
- And in the main event, Jack Harris fought against Sam Donovan in one of the most competitive matches yet, with Sam Donovan pulling out the win via pinfall.
By the end of the night, everyone had competed. The wins were tallied up, and the scores were in.
Dave Sullivan: The team with the most points would be completely safe from any sort of elimination. That team would be...Team Chris! The next two teams will be forced to put a player up in the sudden death elimination match to start next week's show. The team with the second most points...Team James, and the team will the third amount of points...Team Mac!
Team Broc, that means one of you will be going home tonight. Broc, please choose two people from your team to face off in a sudden death elimination match...NO DQ.
Broc Flucker: Oh dammit...I really don't think any of these guys are ready to go home yet. I see a lot of potential in all of them. Dan Dulaney...a NYPD Police officer, he has a lot of fight in him. And Daiquan, man that dude loves suits. He may be dumb as a rock, but I think he has a lot of potential and plus he got the win. Ralph Maddox, I mean that dude already fought for his life today and won.
So I am going to go with Ramjam and The Butcher.
The Butcher is screaming in pain and crying as blood pours from his ear. The medics are trying to help him but they can't get to him because he keeps running around. Mothers are covering their children's eyes.
The medics finally get a hold of The Butcher and have to hold him down.
The Butcher yells out...
The Butcher: I AM GOING TO SUE ALL OF YOU! YOU ARE ALL GOING TO JAIL!
THE BUTCHER HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Gus Johnson: Well folks, that is the end of our show. We are now down to 18 contestants...but only one will win.
Cris Collinsworth: Tune in next week,hopefully we don't see anything as graphic as we just did there.
Gus Johnson: Goodnight everybody!
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 3
The camera shows the full stadium of the small 12,000 capacity stadium here this Wednesday night. They were all given the chance to get autographs from the contestants, hoping that maybe it is worth something one day. It probably won't but, but dammit do not crush their dreams.
The fireworks go off and the crowd gets hyped as the theme song and intro video begins to play on theJUMBO TRON.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: WELCOME TO GROUND ZERO! Ladies and Gentlemen we have quite the show tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: That's right, it is a mega episodefolks. We are having two episodes combined into one big two hour show. Which means...
Gus Johnson: FOUR contestants will go home tonight! Four!
Cris Collinsworth: Yeah Gus...I was gonna say that. You just kind of jumped right in there and stole it from me.
Gus Johnson: Well I'd love to talk about that but here comes the host of our show Dave Sullivan...
Cris Collinsworth: As well as Team Coaches James Hughes and Mac Michaud.
Host Dave Sullivan comes down the ramp to a mix of boos and cheers. There are some signs that say "Get a real Job" and "GO BACK TO JAIL" in the crowd. Coach Mac and Coach James are right behind Dave.
The trio strolls through the ropes.
Dave Sullivan: Last week I promised you guys another sudden death elimination match. The show ended with Broc having to pick one of his guys to eliminate because he had the least amount of points by the end of the show. But the two coaches with the second and third amount of points would have to put someone up for elimination.
Mac, this is the second week in a row now where you have to have one of your guys fight to survive on the show. What your thoughts?
Mac Michaud: My guys...are the best.
Dave Sullivan: Ok then. James, who are you going to pick to represent your team in a sudden death elimination match?
James Hughes: I could go with my best competitor and try to knock off one of Mac's guys...but I am going to save that for another day. Big Steve I think has a lot to prove to everyone. I am going to give him his chance to prove his worth to our team and on the show. He is going to represent Team James.
Dave Sullivan: Ok, interesting choice James. And Mac, who will you choose from your team to fight Big Steve?
Mac Michaud: HAHAHAH...Big Steve? The midget?? This should be good. I have an idea, lets make it interesting. Sticky Finger Joe is the guy I'm putting up Dave.
Dave Sullivan: Sticky Finger Joe...so we are going to have a Midget vs a Hobo...God dammit....this show is already becoming a joke. Ok, let's get this started then.
Mac Michaud: Haha, does Sticky Finger Joe have to stay on his knees to keep it even?
Dave Sullivan: Shut up Mac.
BIG STEVE HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan: Here we go...up next I asked all four coaches to put up who they believe is physically the best contestant on their team. The winner of this fatal four way match will get immunity for the rest of tonight. That includes the second hour of the show. That is three eliminations their team will be immune from tonight. The stakes are higher than they have ever been.
Along with that, they will make one coach have to eliminate one of their contestants on the spot.
Winning this match will be huge for your team, and will give you a huge boost in this show.
Who will come out on top?
Gus Johnson: Unbelievable! Tyrone Johnson just stole the win away from Dan Dulaney...
Cris Collinsworth: Hey, a win is a win Gus.
Gus Johnson: But Dulaney did all the work.
Cris Collinsworth: It doesn't matter. Tyrone gets the win and now Team James is going to be immune from elimination the rest of the night. This was huge!
Dave Sullivan congratulates Tyrone Johnson for his win in the ring, and grabs a microphone from the outside.
Dave Sullivan: Congrats on the big win Tyrone. Because of your efforts, nobody from your team will be eliminated tonight. However, someone from a team of your choosing will be eliminated right now on the spot. Which team do you want to choose?
Tyrone Johnson: Ya know man...Team James only got 4 people left. Same with Team Chris...and Team Broc. Only cracka still rolling with all 5 of their boys is Team Mac. We can't let that slide now can we? Team Mac gonna have to make some cuts.
Dave Sullivan: Team Mac it is.
Mac Michaud seems visibly pissed from the sidelines. Coach Mac storms into the ring with a mic of his own.
Coach Mac: This is bullshit. I have to eliminate one of my guys without them even being able to fight and defend themselves?
Dave Sullivan: Your guy is the one who got pinned. If you want to make it fair, eliminate him.
Chang Hoi Sun looks on in shame knowing he let his team down.
Coach Mac: I have half a mind to eliminateyou Chang...I put you in this fatal fourway because I thought you were our best man. Was I wrong?
Chang Hoi Sun: I disappoint. I bring dishonor to the team. If you choose to eliminate me, I understand.
Coach Mac: ....No...you are one of the most talented guys on my team. Dave, Sticky Finger Joe is who I chose to eliminate.
STICKY FINGER JOE HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Gus Johnson: Wow! So after defeating Big Steve to start the show and starving off elimination, he gets eliminated on the spot anyway by Coach Mac. That is cold as ice.
Cris Collinsworth: And now Team Mac is down to four contestants, just like the other three teams on the show. There are 16 contestants left, only one will win. When we come back we will have one more whole hour of Ground Zero, with two more people going home. One thing we know is that it won't be anyone from Team James going tonight...thanks to Tyrone Johnson.
*Commercial Break*
The camera shows the full stadium of the small 12,000 capacity stadium here this Wednesday night. They were all given the chance to get autographs from the contestants, hoping that maybe it is worth something one day. It probably won't but, but dammit do not crush their dreams.
The fireworks go off and the crowd gets hyped as the theme song and intro video begins to play on theJUMBO TRON.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: WELCOME TO GROUND ZERO! Ladies and Gentlemen we have quite the show tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: That's right, it is a mega episodefolks. We are having two episodes combined into one big two hour show. Which means...
Gus Johnson: FOUR contestants will go home tonight! Four!
Cris Collinsworth: Yeah Gus...I was gonna say that. You just kind of jumped right in there and stole it from me.
Gus Johnson: Well I'd love to talk about that but here comes the host of our show Dave Sullivan...
Cris Collinsworth: As well as Team Coaches James Hughes and Mac Michaud.
Host Dave Sullivan comes down the ramp to a mix of boos and cheers. There are some signs that say "Get a real Job" and "GO BACK TO JAIL" in the crowd. Coach Mac and Coach James are right behind Dave.
The trio strolls through the ropes.
Dave Sullivan: Last week I promised you guys another sudden death elimination match. The show ended with Broc having to pick one of his guys to eliminate because he had the least amount of points by the end of the show. But the two coaches with the second and third amount of points would have to put someone up for elimination.
Mac, this is the second week in a row now where you have to have one of your guys fight to survive on the show. What your thoughts?
Mac Michaud: My guys...are the best.
Dave Sullivan: Ok then. James, who are you going to pick to represent your team in a sudden death elimination match?
James Hughes: I could go with my best competitor and try to knock off one of Mac's guys...but I am going to save that for another day. Big Steve I think has a lot to prove to everyone. I am going to give him his chance to prove his worth to our team and on the show. He is going to represent Team James.
Dave Sullivan: Ok, interesting choice James. And Mac, who will you choose from your team to fight Big Steve?
Mac Michaud: HAHAHAH...Big Steve? The midget?? This should be good. I have an idea, lets make it interesting. Sticky Finger Joe is the guy I'm putting up Dave.
Dave Sullivan: Sticky Finger Joe...so we are going to have a Midget vs a Hobo...God dammit....this show is already becoming a joke. Ok, let's get this started then.
Mac Michaud: Haha, does Sticky Finger Joe have to stay on his knees to keep it even?
Dave Sullivan: Shut up Mac.
BIG STEVE HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan: Here we go...up next I asked all four coaches to put up who they believe is physically the best contestant on their team. The winner of this fatal four way match will get immunity for the rest of tonight. That includes the second hour of the show. That is three eliminations their team will be immune from tonight. The stakes are higher than they have ever been.
Along with that, they will make one coach have to eliminate one of their contestants on the spot.
Winning this match will be huge for your team, and will give you a huge boost in this show.
Who will come out on top?
Gus Johnson: Unbelievable! Tyrone Johnson just stole the win away from Dan Dulaney...
Cris Collinsworth: Hey, a win is a win Gus.
Gus Johnson: But Dulaney did all the work.
Cris Collinsworth: It doesn't matter. Tyrone gets the win and now Team James is going to be immune from elimination the rest of the night. This was huge!
Dave Sullivan congratulates Tyrone Johnson for his win in the ring, and grabs a microphone from the outside.
Dave Sullivan: Congrats on the big win Tyrone. Because of your efforts, nobody from your team will be eliminated tonight. However, someone from a team of your choosing will be eliminated right now on the spot. Which team do you want to choose?
Tyrone Johnson: Ya know man...Team James only got 4 people left. Same with Team Chris...and Team Broc. Only cracka still rolling with all 5 of their boys is Team Mac. We can't let that slide now can we? Team Mac gonna have to make some cuts.
Dave Sullivan: Team Mac it is.
Mac Michaud seems visibly pissed from the sidelines. Coach Mac storms into the ring with a mic of his own.
Coach Mac: This is bullshit. I have to eliminate one of my guys without them even being able to fight and defend themselves?
Dave Sullivan: Your guy is the one who got pinned. If you want to make it fair, eliminate him.
Chang Hoi Sun looks on in shame knowing he let his team down.
Coach Mac: I have half a mind to eliminateyou Chang...I put you in this fatal fourway because I thought you were our best man. Was I wrong?
Chang Hoi Sun: I disappoint. I bring dishonor to the team. If you choose to eliminate me, I understand.
Coach Mac: ....No...you are one of the most talented guys on my team. Dave, Sticky Finger Joe is who I chose to eliminate.
STICKY FINGER JOE HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Gus Johnson: Wow! So after defeating Big Steve to start the show and starving off elimination, he gets eliminated on the spot anyway by Coach Mac. That is cold as ice.
Cris Collinsworth: And now Team Mac is down to four contestants, just like the other three teams on the show. There are 16 contestants left, only one will win. When we come back we will have one more whole hour of Ground Zero, with two more people going home. One thing we know is that it won't be anyone from Team James going tonight...thanks to Tyrone Johnson.
*Commercial Break*
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 4
The second half of the episode opens with Tyrone Johnson in the backstage area. He catches up to childhood friend Daiquan Andrews who is about to get ready for a match of his own. Daiquan is wrapping up his knuckles with tape as Tyrone gets to him.childhood friend Daiquan Andrews who is about to get ready for a match of his own. Daiquan is wrapping up his knuckles with tape as Tyrone gets to him.
Tyrone Johnson: Yo Daiquan man...I haven't seen you at all these last few weeks. Feels like you been ...I haven't seen you at all these last few weeks. Feels like you been avoidin me or something brother.
Daiquan Andrews: Ya homie, yo ass smells thats why man.
Tyrone: Yoshuddup, haha. For real tho dawg, aint nothing bothering you?
Daiquan: Aint nothing bothering YOU?
Tyrone: Why did you do that to Wayne last week man? He aint do nothing to you. He could've helped us...three of us together on this show out of 20 others, we could have had an advantage.
Daiquan: You gotta get it in your head man. I did you a favor and you don't even see it. Wayne is a blueberry. He would only drag both our asses down.
Tyrone: That's my brother you're talking about...HOMIE.
Daiquan: Ya? And what am I to you then?
Tyrone: You my brother too...
Daiquan: Yeah we'll see Tyrone. Only gonna be one winner one this show, and all the media sayin you the favorite to win so far. The golden boy, aint no love for Daiquan though. Ay man don't sweat it though, I'm used to it.
Tyrone: Don't be like that.
Daiquan: Just wait till they find out about yo coke problem though. What you aint been drug tested yet? Huh...
Tyrone: Shut your mouth Daiquan.
Daiquan: Yeah whatever, I've got a match man. Gonna be out there on my own, nothing new there.
Host Dave Sullivan is seen talking to the camera in a green room.
Dave Sullivan: Welcome back to Ground Zero folks. Coming up next we have quite a battle. Team Chris vs Team Mac vs Team Broc...each team will select one of their contestants to compete in a triple threat match. Whoever gets pinned will be eliminated on the spot. Whoever gets the pin will earn immunity for their team along with Team James, and the odd team out will have to put up two people to compete in a sudden death elimination match tonight.
Who will survive?
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Maddox cheated! Ralph Maddox just cheated.
Cris Collinsworth: Hey what the ref doesn't see is fair game, Gus.
Gus Johnson: No...that's not right.
Cris Collinsworth: It doesn't matter. He just won immunity for his team, just like Tyrone Johnson did earlier in the night. But I've got bad news for Magnum Jackson.
MAGNUM JACKSON HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Dave Sullivan is now in the ring ready for the main event.
Dave Sullivan: What a match that was! We saw Magnum Jackson finally pack his bags. Ralph Maddox earned immunity for Team Broc. With Ty Johnson already having immunity for Team James, that leaves us with poor Team Mac for the main event. Team Mac entered the night with all five of its contestants, but now they will leave with only three.
Mac has chosen the two contestants of his who have yet to compete tonight. One will go home.
Who will it be?
Rusty Keener has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Jack Harris dominated that match Cris!
Cris Collinsworth: This guy I think is a huge threat to win the whole damn show. Rusty Keener didn't have a chance.
Gus Johnson: Poor Rusty, I liked the boy but he's going to have to go back to Kansas to milk his cows.
Cris Collinsworth: That is the end of our show folks! 14 stars remain, but only one will win! Who will it be? Tune in next week to find out.
The second half of the episode opens with Tyrone Johnson in the backstage area. He catches up to childhood friend Daiquan Andrews who is about to get ready for a match of his own. Daiquan is wrapping up his knuckles with tape as Tyrone gets to him.childhood friend Daiquan Andrews who is about to get ready for a match of his own. Daiquan is wrapping up his knuckles with tape as Tyrone gets to him.
Tyrone Johnson: Yo Daiquan man...I haven't seen you at all these last few weeks. Feels like you been ...I haven't seen you at all these last few weeks. Feels like you been avoidin me or something brother.
Daiquan Andrews: Ya homie, yo ass smells thats why man.
Tyrone: Yoshuddup, haha. For real tho dawg, aint nothing bothering you?
Daiquan: Aint nothing bothering YOU?
Tyrone: Why did you do that to Wayne last week man? He aint do nothing to you. He could've helped us...three of us together on this show out of 20 others, we could have had an advantage.
Daiquan: You gotta get it in your head man. I did you a favor and you don't even see it. Wayne is a blueberry. He would only drag both our asses down.
Tyrone: That's my brother you're talking about...HOMIE.
Daiquan: Ya? And what am I to you then?
Tyrone: You my brother too...
Daiquan: Yeah we'll see Tyrone. Only gonna be one winner one this show, and all the media sayin you the favorite to win so far. The golden boy, aint no love for Daiquan though. Ay man don't sweat it though, I'm used to it.
Tyrone: Don't be like that.
Daiquan: Just wait till they find out about yo coke problem though. What you aint been drug tested yet? Huh...
Tyrone: Shut your mouth Daiquan.
Daiquan: Yeah whatever, I've got a match man. Gonna be out there on my own, nothing new there.
Host Dave Sullivan is seen talking to the camera in a green room.
Dave Sullivan: Welcome back to Ground Zero folks. Coming up next we have quite a battle. Team Chris vs Team Mac vs Team Broc...each team will select one of their contestants to compete in a triple threat match. Whoever gets pinned will be eliminated on the spot. Whoever gets the pin will earn immunity for their team along with Team James, and the odd team out will have to put up two people to compete in a sudden death elimination match tonight.
Who will survive?
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Maddox cheated! Ralph Maddox just cheated.
Cris Collinsworth: Hey what the ref doesn't see is fair game, Gus.
Gus Johnson: No...that's not right.
Cris Collinsworth: It doesn't matter. He just won immunity for his team, just like Tyrone Johnson did earlier in the night. But I've got bad news for Magnum Jackson.
MAGNUM JACKSON HAS BEEN ELIMINATED FROM GROUND ZERO.
Dave Sullivan is now in the ring ready for the main event.
Dave Sullivan: What a match that was! We saw Magnum Jackson finally pack his bags. Ralph Maddox earned immunity for Team Broc. With Ty Johnson already having immunity for Team James, that leaves us with poor Team Mac for the main event. Team Mac entered the night with all five of its contestants, but now they will leave with only three.
Mac has chosen the two contestants of his who have yet to compete tonight. One will go home.
Who will it be?
Rusty Keener has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Jack Harris dominated that match Cris!
Cris Collinsworth: This guy I think is a huge threat to win the whole damn show. Rusty Keener didn't have a chance.
Gus Johnson: Poor Rusty, I liked the boy but he's going to have to go back to Kansas to milk his cows.
Cris Collinsworth: That is the end of our show folks! 14 stars remain, but only one will win! Who will it be? Tune in next week to find out.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 5
The arena fireworks go off as the show's theme song begins to play throughout the arena. The fans get pumped.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: WELCOME everybody to the 5th episode of Ground Zero.
Cris Collinsworth: We are down to 14 people, and by the end of the night we will be at 12.
Gus Johnson: The numbers are slowly dwindling Cris. By the end of the night we will be through the halfway point. Only one person will be crowned the Ground Zero season one winner and get that guaranteed contract with FWA.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know though Gus, I think a handful of these guys all have potential. From what I hear, nGw has actually been scouting for some talent in the bunch.
Gus Johnson: Thewinner howeverwill in fact get that guaranteed contract, and will be managed by none other than FWA star Dave Sullivan.
Cris Collinsworth: How is that an award? Dave has never made it out of the lower card.
Gus Johnson: Come on Cris, he is a three time X Division champion.
Cris Collinsworth: Whoopity Doo, the X Division.
Gus Johnson: Oh Cris come on lighten up.
Cris Collinsworth: I'd love to, but here comes Tyrone Johnson. He is currently ranked number one on the Power 25 list for favorite to win the show.
Tyrone Johnson heads down the ramp to a bunch of cheers. He is wearing a white wife beater and blue jeans with a pair of white Jordan sneakers. He grabs a mic from ringside and jumps in the ring.
Tyrone Johnson: I came out here to address a big problem of mine. You see when I agreed to come on this show, I came out on it for fun. Because my homie Daiquan and my brother Wayne were both coming on with me. I thought shit, hang out with my two boys and it'd be fun.
But I don't know now man. This shit has been tearing us apart. Daiquan has been my best friend in the whole world, and since this show started the dude won't even talk to me. I'm sorry, but nothing worth that.
I hate to say it...but I think I am regretfully goin to have to withdraw myself from the competition.
The crowd starts to boo. Tyrone Johnson has become a fan favorite on the show, this is the last thing they want to hear.
When suddenly, Daiquan Andrews comes strolling down the ramp. He is dressed to the nines in a nice pinstripe suit. His long dreads dance around as he struts down the ramp. He grabs a microphone himself and joins Johnson in the ring.
Daiquan Andrews: Don't you dare do that shit man...don't you dare do it. Just like you fool...come out here and take up all the attention. Oh boo hoo I think ima quit. I can't handle this. Man that cracka talk right there. You came here to fight.
Tyrone Johnson: Then stop this shit man! We need to work together. There are 12 other competitors on this show. It doesn't have to be every man for himself. Work with me, us against them. Then when we the last two we see who wins. Winner makes it into the FWA, loser works their way in anyway.
Daiquan Andrews: You trippin Tyrone...
Tyrone Johnson: Please man...I don't want to lose our friendship over this.
Daiquan Andrews: ...shit, you sound like such a girl homie. But ight, fine. If yous cool then I'm cool. But you betta get cool real fast, because tonight we're facing off in a tag team match. You and me versus some other fools. Losers get eliminated. But don't you dare try and steal my spotlight again, or you gonna regret it.
The two street thugs reunite in the ring and do some sort of weird gang handshake as we go to a commercial break.
When we get back from commercial, Dave Sullivan is standing in the middle of the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Now for the main event. All four coaches are at risk here tonight. The two teams will have to work together against two other teams. It is going to be Daiquan Andrews and Tyrone Johnson representing Team Broc and Team James. They will be going up against Jeff Crowe and Jackson DeBolt, representing Team Chris and Team Mac. Both participants from the losing team will be eliminated on the spot.
Let's get started, shall we?
Jackson DeBolt (Team Mac) and Jeff Crowe (Team Chris) have been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews the childhood friends are celebrating their victory in the ring. The two just reunited after weeks of fighting with each other, so this is a big win for them.
Daiquan grabs a microphone, and puts him arm around his buddy Tyrone.
Daiquan: Ya know Tyrone, you pretty good for a fool.
Tyrone: Thanks man. We earned this. Aint no one can stop us. I'm tellin ya bro if we work together, we can beat all these guys. Its gonna be you and me in the end. Just like always.
Daiquan: Ya man, I can see that happening for sure...except I got one problem...
With that, Daiquan Andrews slaps Tyrone in the head with the microphone. Tyrone hits the floor hard and holds his head.
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Daiquan just hit Tyrone! They're supposed to be friends!
Daiquan Andrews kneels down to the hurting Tyrone, and spits right in his face.
Daiquan Andrews: I am sick and goddamn tired of you always stealin my spotlight you wanna be cracka ass fool. Every damn time it's Tyrone and Daiquan. I'm always you motherfuckin sidekick. You batman and I'm Robin. Well guess what HOMIE...I aint no Robin no more. Since everyone things I'm a goddamn joke, ima be the Joker up in here.
You and me Tyrone, we done. There can only be one winner on this show, and I aint gonna let you steal my thunder one more time. This aint going down like that.
This is the time for Daiquan to shine. By the time I'm done with you, Imasend your bitch ass back to Paterson with you dumbass brother Wayne. This is my spotlight now...bitch.
With that Daiquan throws the microphone like a fast ball right at the head of the already hurting Tyrone as the show cuts to black.
End of show.
The arena fireworks go off as the show's theme song begins to play throughout the arena. The fans get pumped.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: WELCOME everybody to the 5th episode of Ground Zero.
Cris Collinsworth: We are down to 14 people, and by the end of the night we will be at 12.
Gus Johnson: The numbers are slowly dwindling Cris. By the end of the night we will be through the halfway point. Only one person will be crowned the Ground Zero season one winner and get that guaranteed contract with FWA.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know though Gus, I think a handful of these guys all have potential. From what I hear, nGw has actually been scouting for some talent in the bunch.
Gus Johnson: Thewinner howeverwill in fact get that guaranteed contract, and will be managed by none other than FWA star Dave Sullivan.
Cris Collinsworth: How is that an award? Dave has never made it out of the lower card.
Gus Johnson: Come on Cris, he is a three time X Division champion.
Cris Collinsworth: Whoopity Doo, the X Division.
Gus Johnson: Oh Cris come on lighten up.
Cris Collinsworth: I'd love to, but here comes Tyrone Johnson. He is currently ranked number one on the Power 25 list for favorite to win the show.
Tyrone Johnson heads down the ramp to a bunch of cheers. He is wearing a white wife beater and blue jeans with a pair of white Jordan sneakers. He grabs a mic from ringside and jumps in the ring.
Tyrone Johnson: I came out here to address a big problem of mine. You see when I agreed to come on this show, I came out on it for fun. Because my homie Daiquan and my brother Wayne were both coming on with me. I thought shit, hang out with my two boys and it'd be fun.
But I don't know now man. This shit has been tearing us apart. Daiquan has been my best friend in the whole world, and since this show started the dude won't even talk to me. I'm sorry, but nothing worth that.
I hate to say it...but I think I am regretfully goin to have to withdraw myself from the competition.
The crowd starts to boo. Tyrone Johnson has become a fan favorite on the show, this is the last thing they want to hear.
When suddenly, Daiquan Andrews comes strolling down the ramp. He is dressed to the nines in a nice pinstripe suit. His long dreads dance around as he struts down the ramp. He grabs a microphone himself and joins Johnson in the ring.
Daiquan Andrews: Don't you dare do that shit man...don't you dare do it. Just like you fool...come out here and take up all the attention. Oh boo hoo I think ima quit. I can't handle this. Man that cracka talk right there. You came here to fight.
Tyrone Johnson: Then stop this shit man! We need to work together. There are 12 other competitors on this show. It doesn't have to be every man for himself. Work with me, us against them. Then when we the last two we see who wins. Winner makes it into the FWA, loser works their way in anyway.
Daiquan Andrews: You trippin Tyrone...
Tyrone Johnson: Please man...I don't want to lose our friendship over this.
Daiquan Andrews: ...shit, you sound like such a girl homie. But ight, fine. If yous cool then I'm cool. But you betta get cool real fast, because tonight we're facing off in a tag team match. You and me versus some other fools. Losers get eliminated. But don't you dare try and steal my spotlight again, or you gonna regret it.
The two street thugs reunite in the ring and do some sort of weird gang handshake as we go to a commercial break.
When we get back from commercial, Dave Sullivan is standing in the middle of the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Now for the main event. All four coaches are at risk here tonight. The two teams will have to work together against two other teams. It is going to be Daiquan Andrews and Tyrone Johnson representing Team Broc and Team James. They will be going up against Jeff Crowe and Jackson DeBolt, representing Team Chris and Team Mac. Both participants from the losing team will be eliminated on the spot.
Let's get started, shall we?
Jackson DeBolt (Team Mac) and Jeff Crowe (Team Chris) have been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews the childhood friends are celebrating their victory in the ring. The two just reunited after weeks of fighting with each other, so this is a big win for them.
Daiquan grabs a microphone, and puts him arm around his buddy Tyrone.
Daiquan: Ya know Tyrone, you pretty good for a fool.
Tyrone: Thanks man. We earned this. Aint no one can stop us. I'm tellin ya bro if we work together, we can beat all these guys. Its gonna be you and me in the end. Just like always.
Daiquan: Ya man, I can see that happening for sure...except I got one problem...
With that, Daiquan Andrews slaps Tyrone in the head with the microphone. Tyrone hits the floor hard and holds his head.
Gus Johnson: WHAT! Daiquan just hit Tyrone! They're supposed to be friends!
Daiquan Andrews kneels down to the hurting Tyrone, and spits right in his face.
Daiquan Andrews: I am sick and goddamn tired of you always stealin my spotlight you wanna be cracka ass fool. Every damn time it's Tyrone and Daiquan. I'm always you motherfuckin sidekick. You batman and I'm Robin. Well guess what HOMIE...I aint no Robin no more. Since everyone things I'm a goddamn joke, ima be the Joker up in here.
You and me Tyrone, we done. There can only be one winner on this show, and I aint gonna let you steal my thunder one more time. This aint going down like that.
This is the time for Daiquan to shine. By the time I'm done with you, Imasend your bitch ass back to Paterson with you dumbass brother Wayne. This is my spotlight now...bitch.
With that Daiquan throws the microphone like a fast ball right at the head of the already hurting Tyrone as the show cuts to black.
End of show.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 6
We are outside tonight as the fireworks go off. It's a beautiful night and the crowd is excited. Two people are going home tonight on Ground Zero. 12 contestants remain at the start of the show, but who will be left when it's all said and done?
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Host Dave Sullivan bursts through the entrance stage and struts down the ramp dressed to the nines in an expensive looking suit and a black tie. He gets a mixed reaction from the small live crowd as he makes his way into the ring.
Dave Sullivan: WELCOME TO EPISODE SIX OF GROUND ZERO! We are officially through five episodes...starting tonight we have five more to go. And if you thought the first half was good, the second half is only going to get better.
And to prove that to you...I am going to eliminate one person...RIGHT NOW.
I am going to eliminate the contestant I think brings the least to the table. They have had five weeks to prove themselves. So please, would all the contestants make their way out here?
Slowly, all 12 remaining contestants make their way to the top of the ramp and all stand in a line.
Dave Sullivan: RamJam...tell me why you should stay tonight...what because you bit somebody's ear off? What about you Chang Hoi Sun? What exactly have you done? I'm not going to lie, some of you guys really don't deserve to still be here.
But I have one person in particular who I don't think has put up much of a fight at all. They are hogging a spot from somebody else, and I won't put up with it any longer.
...Sam Donovan. You are a school teacher, and probably a very good one. But you a very clearly not a wrestler. I am sorry, pack up your bags and leave the arena.
Sam looks very upset as Dave gets a mixed reaction from the crowd. The school teacher slowly makes his way to the back as the other 11 contestants look relieved.
Dave Sullivan: As for the rest of you...you're not off the hook. I am going to pick the next four weakest competitors, and you will all fight in a fatal fourway match. Tommy Morris, RamJam, Ralph Maddox, and Luke Turner...get ready to fight tonight because one of you will be going with Sam on the bus home.
Oh, and one more thing...this is going to be a NO DQ match. Anything goes.
The crowd goes crazy as Dave exits the ring and we go to commercial.
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: Well fans it is time for our main event. A fatal four way elimination match. First two people pinned will be eliminated from Ground Zero on the spot.
Cris Collinsworth: Earlier Sam Donovan was apparently eliminated by Dave Sullivan, but that decision has been reversed. He is now fighting for his spot on the show tonight along with three other contestants.
Gus Johnson: If Sam gets pinned though, he is done for good.
Gus Johnson: Sam has earned his way back on the show! He has survived!
Cris Collinsworth: Man he looked like a whole different warrior out there than before. Are you sure he's a school teacher?
Gus Johnson: More amazingly is Team James entered the night with four contestants, and now they are down to two just like that.
Cris Collinsworth: How the hell do you go into a fatal four way match having a partner and both of ya end up getting eliminated? That's just sad.
Gus Johnson: So Team Broc is now the only team left with four contestants. Team Chris, Team Mac, and Team James now all have just two.
Cris Collinsworth: Yeah, that's got to put a big target on the backs of Team Broc members.
Gus Johnson: Well folks that's all we have for you tonight! We are down to just ten contestants. Tune in next week to see a match that has been weeks in the making...Tyrone Johnson...going up against his childhood friend turned rival Daiquan Andrews. Who will win?
End Show.
We are outside tonight as the fireworks go off. It's a beautiful night and the crowd is excited. Two people are going home tonight on Ground Zero. 12 contestants remain at the start of the show, but who will be left when it's all said and done?
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Host Dave Sullivan bursts through the entrance stage and struts down the ramp dressed to the nines in an expensive looking suit and a black tie. He gets a mixed reaction from the small live crowd as he makes his way into the ring.
Dave Sullivan: WELCOME TO EPISODE SIX OF GROUND ZERO! We are officially through five episodes...starting tonight we have five more to go. And if you thought the first half was good, the second half is only going to get better.
And to prove that to you...I am going to eliminate one person...RIGHT NOW.
I am going to eliminate the contestant I think brings the least to the table. They have had five weeks to prove themselves. So please, would all the contestants make their way out here?
Slowly, all 12 remaining contestants make their way to the top of the ramp and all stand in a line.
Dave Sullivan: RamJam...tell me why you should stay tonight...what because you bit somebody's ear off? What about you Chang Hoi Sun? What exactly have you done? I'm not going to lie, some of you guys really don't deserve to still be here.
But I have one person in particular who I don't think has put up much of a fight at all. They are hogging a spot from somebody else, and I won't put up with it any longer.
...Sam Donovan. You are a school teacher, and probably a very good one. But you a very clearly not a wrestler. I am sorry, pack up your bags and leave the arena.
Sam looks very upset as Dave gets a mixed reaction from the crowd. The school teacher slowly makes his way to the back as the other 11 contestants look relieved.
Dave Sullivan: As for the rest of you...you're not off the hook. I am going to pick the next four weakest competitors, and you will all fight in a fatal fourway match. Tommy Morris, RamJam, Ralph Maddox, and Luke Turner...get ready to fight tonight because one of you will be going with Sam on the bus home.
Oh, and one more thing...this is going to be a NO DQ match. Anything goes.
The crowd goes crazy as Dave exits the ring and we go to commercial.
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: Well fans it is time for our main event. A fatal four way elimination match. First two people pinned will be eliminated from Ground Zero on the spot.
Cris Collinsworth: Earlier Sam Donovan was apparently eliminated by Dave Sullivan, but that decision has been reversed. He is now fighting for his spot on the show tonight along with three other contestants.
Gus Johnson: If Sam gets pinned though, he is done for good.
Gus Johnson: Sam has earned his way back on the show! He has survived!
Cris Collinsworth: Man he looked like a whole different warrior out there than before. Are you sure he's a school teacher?
Gus Johnson: More amazingly is Team James entered the night with four contestants, and now they are down to two just like that.
Cris Collinsworth: How the hell do you go into a fatal four way match having a partner and both of ya end up getting eliminated? That's just sad.
Gus Johnson: So Team Broc is now the only team left with four contestants. Team Chris, Team Mac, and Team James now all have just two.
Cris Collinsworth: Yeah, that's got to put a big target on the backs of Team Broc members.
Gus Johnson: Well folks that's all we have for you tonight! We are down to just ten contestants. Tune in next week to see a match that has been weeks in the making...Tyrone Johnson...going up against his childhood friend turned rival Daiquan Andrews. Who will win?
End Show.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 7
The pyros go off as the crowd goes crazy. We are about to start yet another episode of Ground Zero! Everyday People starts to play as the intro to the show is seen playing on the Jumbotron.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: Welcome to Episode 7 of Ground Zero folks! We have just ten superstars remaining on the show. Including tonight we have just four episodes left of FWA's first Reality TV Competition.
Cris Collinsworth: Speaking of firsts, we also have our first feud match in show history happening tonight. Tyrone Johnson will face off against his former childhood friend turned rival Daiquan Andrews. The duo knows there can only be one winner of the show, and so they have turned their backs on each other.
Gus Johnson: It is really quite a sad story. Cris do you think these two can come back from this once the show is over?
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know Gus, I've seen friendships permanently destroyed over lesser things. The question is how much farther will the two take it before the show ends? Some actions are just nonforgivable.
Gus Johnson: Well we will surely find out within these last four episodes, but here comes host Dave Sullivan.
Host of Ground Zero Dave Sullivan struts down to the stage ring with a microphone in his hand. The small crowd of 7,500 gets on their feet as they await what the host of the show has to say tonight.
Dave Sullivan: So in tonight's main event...we will see two childhood best friends go at it. This however, will be a non elimination match...
The crowd begins to boo.
Dave Sullivan: But we still have two eliminations coming tonight. And one will be coming tonight...I will be picking who I believe is the worst competitor from each team. They will fight in an elimination match...whoever is pinned will be eliminated on the spot. Whoever gets the pin will earn immunity for their team for the rest of the night.
So let's get started, let me get...James Blake, Ralph Maddox, Tanner Gaskil, and Chang Hoi Sun. Get your asses out here and prove to us all you still deserve to be here.
Ralph Maddox (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Wow RamJam just costed his team the match with his antics!
Cris Collinsworth: So much for Clown Lives Matter. He just handcuffed his own partner...using Officer Dulaney's own handcuffs.
Gus Johnson: I don't know if I've ever seen something this messed up. RamJam is certainly going to be in hot water with Team Broc.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan, the Host of Ground Zero, is out in the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Fans, it is time for our main event. But we still have one more elimination to go tonight, so here is what we are going to do. Daiquan is representing Team Broc...Tyrone is representing Team James. Whichever person loses, their team coach will be forced to eliminate someone tonight. It could be them, it could be someone else. That is up to the coach. But those are the stakes.
This match has been in the making for weeks now, and I think it's finally time for these two boys to get their energy out. They both have a lot to prove. Let's get started...
Gus Johnson: Daiquan just got himself DQ'd!
Cris Collinsworth: That shows you how heated this feud is. I think on paper even though Tyrone gets the win, Daiquan got a win of his own. Tyrone is still bleeding in the ring.
Gus Johnson: Right, but was it worth it Cris? Because now Team Broc is going to have to eliminate another contestant, and it could be Daiquan himself.
Tyrone rolls out of the ring to get medical attention, as Coach Broc storms down the ramp and into the ring. He is not very happy. He has a microphone.
Coach Broc Flucker: Do you taste that guys? That is the taste of shit. We had four men...four guys on Team Broc going into the night. Ralph lost earlier, fine he had it coming. Then RamJam costs us the match by handcuffing his own damn partner to a turnbuckle with handcuffs...and then...and then Daiquan, with our team on the line, you go and get yourself disqualified from the match. All you had to do was pin him you idiot!
The way I see it I have two choices tonight. It's either going to be you Daiquan...who got us into this predicament in the first place by costing himself the match, or the clown.
RAMJAM! GET YOUR ASS OUT HERE!
RamJam struts down the ramp and into the ring as the crowd begins to chant "CLOWN LIVES MATTER" again.
Coach Broc: RamJam...to be a wrestler in the FWA, sometimes you have to work as a team with people. Tonight you took your partner and you handcuffed him to a turnbuckle because you thought you could win by yourself. You didn't...you instead got pinned and lost us the match. For that, you are my choice to be eliminated. Pack up your shit.
The crowd begins to boo loudly as they start chanting "CLOWN LIVES MATTER" even harder.
RamJam (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Well RamJam had that coming. He coasted his team the match earlier. And even though Daiquan got himself DQ'd, we all knew Broc wouldn't eliminate him tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: What a bad night for Team Broc. But now we only have 8 stars left...two for each team.
Gus Johnson: And with three episodes left of Ground Zero, we are inching our way closer and closer to seeing who will be crowned the winner. That is it for the show tonight folks! Tune in next week where we will see the final 8 contestants square off yet again! Good night!
End Show.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 8
The crowd is hyped as the theme song for the show begins to play. It is time for Ground Zero!
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
The host of the show Dave Sullivan is standing in the ring to start the show off right away. He has a microphone in his hand. Usually we get an entrance first, or some sort of intro from the commentary team. So this is a little weird, but we'll see what the host of Ground has to say.
Dave Sullivan: Earlier today we had gotten some unfortunate news about one of our contestants. Chang Hoi Sun, a player from Team Mac, has failed his substance policy test.
In the FWA you are tested regularly for substance abuse. This show is no difference, and it will not be tolerated.
Because of his actions, Chang has been disqualified and eliminated from the show.
Chang Hoi Sun (Team Mac) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Dave Sullivan: Now that that's over with...let's get on with the show! There are now seven contestants left, and we are going to jump right into it. Team Broc vs Team James in a tag team match. Losing team sends someone hope. Considering there are only two players left on both teams...everyone is fighting for their lives here. Good luck fellas...
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: So before the break we learned from Dave Sullivan that Chang Hoi Sun was eliminated from the show on the spot due to failing his substance abuse test. What a crazy revelation.
Cris Collinsworth: That's too bad man. We have a lot of that in the NFL too. I don't know why guys have to resort to that kind of stuff.
Gus Johnson: Now Cris we don't know what he used that made him fail the test.
Cris Collinsworth: Come on Gus...it was roids.
Gus Johnson: You don't know that. I could have been ibuprofen or something.
Cris Collinsworth: Ibuprofen? Really Gus?
Gus Johnson: Well none the less it's over. He is gone. And now we're about to see a team have to eliminate someone else tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: Even crazier, Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews will square off in the ring. Just last week Andrews got himself DQ'd from their match because he wouldn't let up in the corner.
Gus Johnson: And the stakes are high. Losing team has to send someone home...
Cris Collinsworth: At this point of the show with the level of talent we have left, I think this is going to come down to who costs their team the match. That's who will get sent home.
Gus Johnson: We'll see how it goes.
Gus Johnson: Tyrone costed his team the match! Just like Daiquan did last week!
Cris Collinsworth: I think Tyrone finally had enough of Daiquan's crap.
Gus Johnson: At what cost though? Coach James might eliminate him on the spot now?
Cris Collinsworth: Well here he comes now...
Coach James Hughes storms down to the ring. He is wearing a black suit with a white dress shirt but no tie. Tyrone is still fuming in the ring, as Tanner Gaskil is still a little groggy from the DDT that Andrews laid on him.
James Hughes: Tyrone...you knew damn well losing this match would cause your team an elimination. So what do you want me to do? Eliminate Gaskil because you got us DQ'd? Is that what you want?
Tyrone doesn't give an answer. He just stares down Hughes, still filled with rage at his old friend Daiquan.
James Hughes: Lucky for your dumbass, I just got word that I don't have to eliminate one of you guys on the spot. Instead, in tonight's match you will face off against each other. Loser goes home. Good luck.
*Commercial Break*
Mac Michaud storms into Dave Sullivan's office, and he is pissed off.
Mac Michaud: You goddamn son of a bitch...
Dave Sullivan: You want to go back out and try again with a different tone?
Mac Michaud: What the hell is this about Chang being suspended? I talked to him. He said he wasn't taking anything illegal. Whatever the tests said, it is bullshit. I want him reinstated on the show now.
Dave Sullivan: It's not bullshit, Mac. He failed the test.
Mac Michaud: What was it? What kind of PEDS did it say he was taking? Because Chang and I have been working in that damn gym every day. He is all natural.
Dave Sullivan: It wasn't PEDs Mac...
Mac Michaud: WHAT? Then why the hell did you say he failed the test? Why is he suspended?
Dave Sullivan: Chang was caught with marijuana in his system. We're sorry, but that was clearly in violation of his contract with the show. He has been disqualified. There is nothing I can do. It's a network thing.
Mac Michaud: My ass it's a network thing. You have had it out against my team since the start of the show! And what because of some bitter feud we had in the FWA? This isn't about us, this is about these future stars. And you are screwing them with your pettiness! Pot? Really? It's goddamn 2017, and you are disqualifying one of my last guys because of a little weed.
Dave Sullivan: You're right. This isn't about us. I couldn't give a damn if Chang Hoi Sun won the show or if Sticky goddamn FingerJoewon to be honest. But how about this...you have one guy left, Jack Harris. If he beats James Blake in his match next, then Chang can be reinstated onto the show. Sound like a deal?
Mac Michaud: This isn't over Dave. One of my guys is going to win this show, and you're going to be crying your big alligator tears when it happens. All because your big rival Mac Michaud came onto YOUR show and stole your thunder.
Dave Sullivan: Whatever you say chief, just get out of my office...please.
Gus Johnson: BLAKE WINS! Chang Hoi Sun will not be reinstated!
Cris Collinsworth: No he is not. Harris had to win and he didn't. Chang is officially eliminated from the show.
*Commercial Break*
Tanner Gaskil (Team James) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
End Show.
The crowd is hyped as the theme song for the show begins to play. It is time for Ground Zero!
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
The host of the show Dave Sullivan is standing in the ring to start the show off right away. He has a microphone in his hand. Usually we get an entrance first, or some sort of intro from the commentary team. So this is a little weird, but we'll see what the host of Ground has to say.
Dave Sullivan: Earlier today we had gotten some unfortunate news about one of our contestants. Chang Hoi Sun, a player from Team Mac, has failed his substance policy test.
In the FWA you are tested regularly for substance abuse. This show is no difference, and it will not be tolerated.
Because of his actions, Chang has been disqualified and eliminated from the show.
Chang Hoi Sun (Team Mac) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Dave Sullivan: Now that that's over with...let's get on with the show! There are now seven contestants left, and we are going to jump right into it. Team Broc vs Team James in a tag team match. Losing team sends someone hope. Considering there are only two players left on both teams...everyone is fighting for their lives here. Good luck fellas...
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: So before the break we learned from Dave Sullivan that Chang Hoi Sun was eliminated from the show on the spot due to failing his substance abuse test. What a crazy revelation.
Cris Collinsworth: That's too bad man. We have a lot of that in the NFL too. I don't know why guys have to resort to that kind of stuff.
Gus Johnson: Now Cris we don't know what he used that made him fail the test.
Cris Collinsworth: Come on Gus...it was roids.
Gus Johnson: You don't know that. I could have been ibuprofen or something.
Cris Collinsworth: Ibuprofen? Really Gus?
Gus Johnson: Well none the less it's over. He is gone. And now we're about to see a team have to eliminate someone else tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: Even crazier, Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews will square off in the ring. Just last week Andrews got himself DQ'd from their match because he wouldn't let up in the corner.
Gus Johnson: And the stakes are high. Losing team has to send someone home...
Cris Collinsworth: At this point of the show with the level of talent we have left, I think this is going to come down to who costs their team the match. That's who will get sent home.
Gus Johnson: We'll see how it goes.
Gus Johnson: Tyrone costed his team the match! Just like Daiquan did last week!
Cris Collinsworth: I think Tyrone finally had enough of Daiquan's crap.
Gus Johnson: At what cost though? Coach James might eliminate him on the spot now?
Cris Collinsworth: Well here he comes now...
Coach James Hughes storms down to the ring. He is wearing a black suit with a white dress shirt but no tie. Tyrone is still fuming in the ring, as Tanner Gaskil is still a little groggy from the DDT that Andrews laid on him.
James Hughes: Tyrone...you knew damn well losing this match would cause your team an elimination. So what do you want me to do? Eliminate Gaskil because you got us DQ'd? Is that what you want?
Tyrone doesn't give an answer. He just stares down Hughes, still filled with rage at his old friend Daiquan.
James Hughes: Lucky for your dumbass, I just got word that I don't have to eliminate one of you guys on the spot. Instead, in tonight's match you will face off against each other. Loser goes home. Good luck.
*Commercial Break*
Mac Michaud storms into Dave Sullivan's office, and he is pissed off.
Mac Michaud: You goddamn son of a bitch...
Dave Sullivan: You want to go back out and try again with a different tone?
Mac Michaud: What the hell is this about Chang being suspended? I talked to him. He said he wasn't taking anything illegal. Whatever the tests said, it is bullshit. I want him reinstated on the show now.
Dave Sullivan: It's not bullshit, Mac. He failed the test.
Mac Michaud: What was it? What kind of PEDS did it say he was taking? Because Chang and I have been working in that damn gym every day. He is all natural.
Dave Sullivan: It wasn't PEDs Mac...
Mac Michaud: WHAT? Then why the hell did you say he failed the test? Why is he suspended?
Dave Sullivan: Chang was caught with marijuana in his system. We're sorry, but that was clearly in violation of his contract with the show. He has been disqualified. There is nothing I can do. It's a network thing.
Mac Michaud: My ass it's a network thing. You have had it out against my team since the start of the show! And what because of some bitter feud we had in the FWA? This isn't about us, this is about these future stars. And you are screwing them with your pettiness! Pot? Really? It's goddamn 2017, and you are disqualifying one of my last guys because of a little weed.
Dave Sullivan: You're right. This isn't about us. I couldn't give a damn if Chang Hoi Sun won the show or if Sticky goddamn FingerJoewon to be honest. But how about this...you have one guy left, Jack Harris. If he beats James Blake in his match next, then Chang can be reinstated onto the show. Sound like a deal?
Mac Michaud: This isn't over Dave. One of my guys is going to win this show, and you're going to be crying your big alligator tears when it happens. All because your big rival Mac Michaud came onto YOUR show and stole your thunder.
Dave Sullivan: Whatever you say chief, just get out of my office...please.
Gus Johnson: BLAKE WINS! Chang Hoi Sun will not be reinstated!
Cris Collinsworth: No he is not. Harris had to win and he didn't. Chang is officially eliminated from the show.
*Commercial Break*
Tyrone rolls out of the ring, but he doesn't celebrate staying alive on the show. Instead he goes to his brother Wayne...who is now being placed on a stretcher thanks to the dirty work of Daiquan Andrews.
Tanner Gaskil (Team James) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
End Show.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 9
The fireworks go off as the crowd gets hyped! It is time for Ground Zero. That rock version of "Everyday People" that the fans have grown to love is blasting through the arena as a graphic of all of our contestants is shown.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Before the fireworks even finish blasting, Tyrone Johnson is storming down to center stage. He is wearing a pair of jeans and a white wife beater. He grabs a microphone from ringside and jumps in the ring to a large sound of cheers.
Tyrone Johnson: Daiquan you get your bitch ass out here right now and you fight me like the man your mother was.
Tyrone waits a moment, but nothing is happening.
Tyrone Johnson: You want a fight brother? Well you got it. Come out here and fight me. The gloves are off baby...no refs, no DQ's happening. Just you and me brawlin.
Again Tyrone waits, but no one is coming.
Tyrone Johnson: Man that's just like you to bail. You start this shit with me, you attack my BROTHER. And then you aint even showin up to fight. You always been nothing Daiquan. You my sidekick. It's always Tyrone and Daiquan, you right man. You livin in my shadow. So congrats, big boy Daiquan tryin to get out of Tyrone's shadow. Well I got news for ya...you will never be out of my shadow. You are always going to be a step below me you jealous little loser.
So come out here and let me prove it. Or are you gonna just go and run away...just like yo daddy?
Out of nowhere the crowd begins to yell. Daiquan Andrews is sprinting down the ramp. He is wearing a nice pinstripe suit that he probably can't afford. Daiquan gets halfway down the ramp as Tyrone starts squaring up in the ring, when all of a sudden the host of Ground Zero Dave Sullivan comes sprinting full speed behind Daiquan. He gets in front of Daiquan and stops him right before he enters the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Wow wow wow, calm down. No, we aren't doing it like this. Back up.
Dave Sullivan jumps in the ring and grabs Tyrone's microphone out of his hands.
Dave Sullivan: I am sick and tired of you two bickering. I think it's safe the say the whole theme of this little feud of yours is that there isn't enough room on this show for the both of you. And yet here we are in Episode 9. Six guys are left and you two are one of them. But I think we've pushed this as far as we can. Tonight it ends. You two are fighting in a sudden death elimination match. Loser goes home, winner moves onto the finale.
Tyrone grabs the microphone.
Tyrone: Man this bitch just gonna go and get himself DQ'd like the coward he is. Or he gonna cheat somehow, just like he does at Madden.
Daiquan: "Oh da sun is in my eyes, that aint fair" - Tyrone
Tyrone Johnson: Shuddup
Dave Sullivan: NO! Stop...no cheating, no DQ's...because this match is going to take place inside a cage. Because that's where you two animals belong.
Daiquan Andrews and Tyrone Johnson: WHAT DA FUCK?
Daiquan: MAN did that cracka just say what I think he said?
Tyrone Johnson: Man this dude is racist.
Daiquan: White people man...
Dave Sullivan: You know what. Not only is this going to be a Hell in a Cell match, but I am going to spice it up. Last...Man...Standing. Good luck with that, both of you. Can't wait to see one of you off of my show by the end of the night.
Tyrone Johnson *yelling at Daiquan*: You goin home fool!
Daiquan Andrews: Pfft. Yeah right. When I send you to the hospital make sure you say hi to your Blue brother Wayne for me.
The two continue their bickering as the screen fades to a commercial.
Gus Johnson: So before the break we got our main event scheduled. A Hell in a Cell Last Man Standing Match between Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews. The grand finale to this summer long feud. Someone has to lose and go home tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: It is about time someone locked those two in a cage and let them just fight it out. Any chance they end up coming out as friends?
Gus Johnson: No chance.
Cris Collinsworth: In other news, there is going to be one more elimination tonight other than Tyrone or Daiquan. And to figure it out we're going to have a beat the clock challenge. Team Broc, Team Mac, and Team Chris will all be going at it tonight. The person out of the three teams to lose in the fastest time will be eliminated from the show.
Gus Johnson: First up is going to be James Blake versus Dan Dulaney.
Gus Johnson: Well now James Blake is in the spotlight. If the loser of the next match doesn't lose before the 6:12 point, he will be eliminated from the show.
Cris Collinsworth: Blake has been such a good competitor. I'm not sure if he has lost a match on the show yet. He has actually be one of the most undervalued stars, picking up wins week after week. Chris Kennedy has really turned him into a great competitor.
Gus Johnson: Well now we have our next match. Sam Donovan vs Jack Harris...one of those two or Blake will go home tonight.
Dave Sullivan is out now in the ring to announce the elimination...
Dave Sullivan: Earlier tonight, James Blake lost to Dan Dulaney in 6 minutes and 12 seconds. Just now his teammate Jack Harris was put up to the task of saving him by beating Sam Donovan in a quicker time.
He did in fact defeat Sam Donovan...and his time was...6 minutes...and 27 seconds.
I am sorry James Cross, but you have been eliminated from Ground Zero.
James Cross (Team Chris) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: We are back from the commercial break and it is time for our main event.
Cris Collinsworth: It is going to be a crazy one. Possibly one of the most hardcore matches I've ever heard of. A Last Man Standing match inside that Hell in a Cell.
Gus Johnson: Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews have been tearing at each other's throats. They each faced each other in matches and each got themselves disqualified out of rage from the feud. Daiquan Andrews attacked Tyrone's brother Wayne.
Cris Collinsworth: It is crazy how these two used to be best friends. They met in Kindergarten. They slept over at each other's houses.
Gus Johnson: And now they're about to beat the living hell out of each other. There is no coming back from this, Cris.
Cris Collinsworth: No, no there is not. But hopefully for one of them it will all be worth it in the end if they end up winning it all and getting into the FWA.
Daiquan Andrews (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
End show.
The fireworks go off as the crowd gets hyped! It is time for Ground Zero. That rock version of "Everyday People" that the fans have grown to love is blasting through the arena as a graphic of all of our contestants is shown.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Before the fireworks even finish blasting, Tyrone Johnson is storming down to center stage. He is wearing a pair of jeans and a white wife beater. He grabs a microphone from ringside and jumps in the ring to a large sound of cheers.
Tyrone Johnson: Daiquan you get your bitch ass out here right now and you fight me like the man your mother was.
Tyrone waits a moment, but nothing is happening.
Tyrone Johnson: You want a fight brother? Well you got it. Come out here and fight me. The gloves are off baby...no refs, no DQ's happening. Just you and me brawlin.
Again Tyrone waits, but no one is coming.
Tyrone Johnson: Man that's just like you to bail. You start this shit with me, you attack my BROTHER. And then you aint even showin up to fight. You always been nothing Daiquan. You my sidekick. It's always Tyrone and Daiquan, you right man. You livin in my shadow. So congrats, big boy Daiquan tryin to get out of Tyrone's shadow. Well I got news for ya...you will never be out of my shadow. You are always going to be a step below me you jealous little loser.
So come out here and let me prove it. Or are you gonna just go and run away...just like yo daddy?
Out of nowhere the crowd begins to yell. Daiquan Andrews is sprinting down the ramp. He is wearing a nice pinstripe suit that he probably can't afford. Daiquan gets halfway down the ramp as Tyrone starts squaring up in the ring, when all of a sudden the host of Ground Zero Dave Sullivan comes sprinting full speed behind Daiquan. He gets in front of Daiquan and stops him right before he enters the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Wow wow wow, calm down. No, we aren't doing it like this. Back up.
Dave Sullivan jumps in the ring and grabs Tyrone's microphone out of his hands.
Dave Sullivan: I am sick and tired of you two bickering. I think it's safe the say the whole theme of this little feud of yours is that there isn't enough room on this show for the both of you. And yet here we are in Episode 9. Six guys are left and you two are one of them. But I think we've pushed this as far as we can. Tonight it ends. You two are fighting in a sudden death elimination match. Loser goes home, winner moves onto the finale.
Tyrone grabs the microphone.
Tyrone: Man this bitch just gonna go and get himself DQ'd like the coward he is. Or he gonna cheat somehow, just like he does at Madden.
Daiquan: "Oh da sun is in my eyes, that aint fair" - Tyrone
Tyrone Johnson: Shuddup
Dave Sullivan: NO! Stop...no cheating, no DQ's...because this match is going to take place inside a cage. Because that's where you two animals belong.
Daiquan Andrews and Tyrone Johnson: WHAT DA FUCK?
Daiquan: MAN did that cracka just say what I think he said?
Tyrone Johnson: Man this dude is racist.
Daiquan: White people man...
Dave Sullivan: You know what. Not only is this going to be a Hell in a Cell match, but I am going to spice it up. Last...Man...Standing. Good luck with that, both of you. Can't wait to see one of you off of my show by the end of the night.
Tyrone Johnson *yelling at Daiquan*: You goin home fool!
Daiquan Andrews: Pfft. Yeah right. When I send you to the hospital make sure you say hi to your Blue brother Wayne for me.
The two continue their bickering as the screen fades to a commercial.
Gus Johnson: So before the break we got our main event scheduled. A Hell in a Cell Last Man Standing Match between Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews. The grand finale to this summer long feud. Someone has to lose and go home tonight.
Cris Collinsworth: It is about time someone locked those two in a cage and let them just fight it out. Any chance they end up coming out as friends?
Gus Johnson: No chance.
Cris Collinsworth: In other news, there is going to be one more elimination tonight other than Tyrone or Daiquan. And to figure it out we're going to have a beat the clock challenge. Team Broc, Team Mac, and Team Chris will all be going at it tonight. The person out of the three teams to lose in the fastest time will be eliminated from the show.
Gus Johnson: First up is going to be James Blake versus Dan Dulaney.
Gus Johnson: Well now James Blake is in the spotlight. If the loser of the next match doesn't lose before the 6:12 point, he will be eliminated from the show.
Cris Collinsworth: Blake has been such a good competitor. I'm not sure if he has lost a match on the show yet. He has actually be one of the most undervalued stars, picking up wins week after week. Chris Kennedy has really turned him into a great competitor.
Gus Johnson: Well now we have our next match. Sam Donovan vs Jack Harris...one of those two or Blake will go home tonight.
Dave Sullivan is out now in the ring to announce the elimination...
Dave Sullivan: Earlier tonight, James Blake lost to Dan Dulaney in 6 minutes and 12 seconds. Just now his teammate Jack Harris was put up to the task of saving him by beating Sam Donovan in a quicker time.
He did in fact defeat Sam Donovan...and his time was...6 minutes...and 27 seconds.
I am sorry James Cross, but you have been eliminated from Ground Zero.
James Cross (Team Chris) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: We are back from the commercial break and it is time for our main event.
Cris Collinsworth: It is going to be a crazy one. Possibly one of the most hardcore matches I've ever heard of. A Last Man Standing match inside that Hell in a Cell.
Gus Johnson: Tyrone Johnson and Daiquan Andrews have been tearing at each other's throats. They each faced each other in matches and each got themselves disqualified out of rage from the feud. Daiquan Andrews attacked Tyrone's brother Wayne.
Cris Collinsworth: It is crazy how these two used to be best friends. They met in Kindergarten. They slept over at each other's houses.
Gus Johnson: And now they're about to beat the living hell out of each other. There is no coming back from this, Cris.
Cris Collinsworth: No, no there is not. But hopefully for one of them it will all be worth it in the end if they end up winning it all and getting into the FWA.
Daiquan Andrews (Team Broc) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
End show.
Ground Zero Season One: Episode 10
Season One Finale
Before the show even starts, the camera starts right in the office of the host Dave Sullivan. He is sitting at his desk and is going through some papers. Probably some sort of schedule for the episode tonight.
When all of a sudden a thick envelope is thrown on Dave's desk. Sullivan looks up and says "What the hell are you doing in here...again?"
Sam Donovan: Look in the envelope, Dave.
Sullivan opens up the envelope to find a thick wad of $100 bills.
Dave Sullivan: What is this, a bribe? Sam I can't take a bribe.
Sam Donovan: No. It's a payment. My job is done.
Sam takes a flashdrive out of his suit jacket and flashes it at Sullivan.
Sam Donovan: Thank you for your help.
Dave Sullivan: Wait, done? I thought you needed to get onto the FWA roster.
Donovan chuckles.
Sam Donovan: No Dave...that's just what I told you I was here for. Do you think I really would have told you what I needed to do? That was just to keep you and everyone else distracted long enough for me to do my job. And now...it's done. I no longer have a need to be on this show. Consider me "eliminated" or whatever you guys do.
Dave Sullivan: Are you kidding me...after all of that. Come on Sam, are you sure you don't want to try and win? Become a wrestler. Start a new life for yourself.
Sam Donovan: Sorry Dave. It doesn't work like that. I've got places to go.
Dave Sullivan: Like where?
Sam Donovan: Ha...if I told you, I'd have to kill you.
Dave Sullivan: Brazil?
Sam Donovan: What? How did yo- uh...no...no not that place. Just...goodbye Dave. Good luck with everything.
Sam Donovan (Team Chris) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
The fireworks go off as it's time to finally start the last episode of Ground Zero! The theme song plays one last time as the crowd gets pumped.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: Welcome to Ground Zero's season finale! We are set to have what might be one of the biggest and best episodes yet. By the end of the night we will know just who will be the winner of our very first season.
Cris Collinsworth: Well just moments ago Sam Donovan removed himself from the competition. We still have Jack Harris, Tyrone Johnson, and Dan Dulaney. But the winner isn't limited to just one of those three. From what we are told there is going to be a 20 man Royal Rumble consisting of twenty eliminated contestants. The winner will get the third spot in the triple threat finale.
Gus Johnson: So literally anyone can win this thing.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know if you would want to though. I mean the winner supposedly gets to be "managed" by Dave Sullivan in the FWA. What kind of reward is that? What does he know?
Gus Johnson: Speak of the devil, here he comes now.
Dave Sullivan struts down to the ring with a microphone in his hand. He adjusts the tie on his suit before entering through the ropes and hushing down the very lively crowd.
Dave Sullivan: So during the week we had one last Fan Interactive. We asked fans who they thought deserved to win Ground Zero the most. The winner of that poll would get immunity all the way to the final match. The winner of that poll...by a landslide...Tyrone Johnson!
The crowd goes wild with excitement. It's obvious Tyrone has become a fan favorite here on Ground Zero.
Dave Sullivan: With that being said, there are two more contestants left after Sam Donovan removed himself from the equation.
So to start us off...we have Jack Harris vs Dan Dulaney. Winner goes onto the ladder match. The loser is eliminated. Let's get started. Oh and one more thing...this match is going to be a first blood match.
Jack Harris (Team Mac) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Wow! Dan Dulaney, the babyface cop, just did whatever it took to win.
Cris Collinsworth: He hit that man in the nuts! What a dirty move, but Dan is moving on and Jack Harris is eliminated.
Gus Johnson: Well Harris still has one more chance, because when we come back it is a 20 man Royal Rumble featuring all of our eliminated contestants. The winner will join Tyrone Johnson and Dan Dulaney in that triple threat ladder match!
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: Tanner Gaskil is moving onto the main event finale!
Cris Collinsworth: Wow what a rumble that was! I thought Andrews was gonna win for a minute.
Gus Johnson: Well in a way I think he did win. It looks like he and Tyrone have rekindled their long friendship.
Cris Collinsworth: I knew they would. Those kinds of friendships never died.
Gus Johnson: Oh bullshit, Cris. You said just a few weeks ago that their feud went too far. That it was far too much damage to be repaired.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't think so Gus, I would've remembered.
Gus Johnson: Oh whatever. When we come back...one last match. The grand finale...a triple threat ladder match between Tyrone Johnson, Dan Dulaney, and Tanner Gaskil! Whoever grabs that briefcase with that FWA contract inside of it...is going to be crowned the winner of Ground Zero!
Cris Collinsworth: Right after this short word from our sponsors.
Gus Johnson: Short? Why do I have the feeling like we're going to be sitting here for 18 hours or something.
Cris Collinsworth: 18 hours what? I don't know what you're referencing Gus but we have to take this commercial break now.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan is sitting in an interview chair on a set backstage. With him is a man in a suit named Joe Anderson who was brought in as Ground Zero's official media coordinator. When he agreed to work for Ground Zero, Dave Sullivan promised him many interviews on the show. It wasn't until earlier tonight that Joe reminded Dave he hasn't gotten a single interview yet. So here we are...
Joe Anderson: We are just minutes away from crowning the first winner of Ground Zero. With me right now is the very host of Ground Zero. He is a three time X Division champion in the FWA, he has a winning record in fights, and here he is hosting his own television show. The winner of this season will get the pleasure of being managed and coached by Dave as they start their journey into the FWA world.
So Dave, I have to ask...what approach are you going to take when coaching and managing your winning superstar?
Dave Sullivan: Well Joe...for me, I think I've hit my ceiling. When I first started out in the FWA I had aspired to be the best that there was. I wanted to win world championships left and right. Even at the peak of my last run I thought that I just had a chance to win a world title. Though sometime around the Carnal Contendership last year I realized...I put in my maximum effort and be my very best, but I will never get that high. So I kind of accepted the fact that I was a role player in the FWA. I rule the X Division, and you know what I am comfortable with that.
But my goal for the winner of this season, is to make them better than I was. They're going to be like a son to me, and we always want our kids to grow up to do the things we never could. That's my goal. I'm going to take one of these guys under my wing, and I am going to teach them everything I know. And hopefully that combined with everything they learn and have learned on this show will help mold them into a main event caliber wrestler.
Joe Anderson: Wow. So you have some pretty big aspirations for the winner of this show. So we have narrowed it down to just three men. Tyrone Johnson is obviously the fan favorite. Dan Dulaney earned his way in by beating a tough competitor in Jack Harris, and Tanner Gaskil won that redemption Royal Rumble to earn his way back on after being previously eliminated. Which of those three do you think has the best chance to win tonight, and who do you think would be the easiest to manage in the FWA?
Dave Sullivan: Dan Dulaney hands down is the best physical competitor left standing. We had a handful of guys who came into the show in great physical shape and a background in fighting. Chang Hoi Sun and Jack Harris were both great competitors, but ultimately they didn't make it this far. Dan however is someone who has been trained to fight for his life and the lives of others. Having that training, knowledge, and experience in the ring physically puts him ahead of the rest. However with that being said, I feel like when it came to listening to my advice in the FWA...Dan may not exactly be open to suggestions. We're close in age, and I feel like he might already think he knows more than I do. He's a great guy though and I don't see him acting like a jerk or anything...but I just feel like Gaskil or Johnson I would be able to teach more.
With that being said, Tanner Gaskil is the underdog here. He is the only contestant that was actually eliminated before, so he is coming into this with a lot to prove. If I remember correctly he was one that didn't even "earn" his elimination, so this match could very easily be his. Tyrone Johnson however is coming in with a lot of fan support. He won the fan interaction poll by a landslide, and the crowd goes crazy anytime they see his face. As a fighter I know how much having the crowd on your side can make an impact in your performance in the ring.
These three guys are all here for a reason, and I think it could be anyone's to win.
Joe Anderson: Well Dave it is time for us to find out. They're just about to make their entrances to the ring...
Gus Johnson: He wins it! The fan favorite Tyrone Johnson wins it all!
Cris Collinsworth: What a brutal match that was! I don't know if anyone is going to even be able to continue any sort of career after the intensity of this match! Is Dulaney's leg ok?
Gus Johnson: I don't know, but what I do know is that Tyrone Johnson is the first winner of Ground Zero! It was a tough road. Johnson came into this show with his best friend Daiquan Andrews. But his best friend turned into his biggest enemy. Now after it's all said and done, Johnson has reunited with Daiquan once again. He gets it all! He wins the show and his friend.
Cris Collinsworth: Tyrone Johnson is officially an FWA Superstar. His FWA contract is in that briefcase, and all he has to do is sign it!
Tyrone Johnson is celebrating in the ring holding that briefcase high. He is joined by his best friend and former rival Daiquan Andrews, who gives his buddy a huge. Andrews raises Johnson's hand high as the two celebrate in the ring.
They are soon joined by host Dave Sullivan. Sullivan shakes Johnson's hand inside of the ring, and grabs a microphone.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen...the winner of Ground Zero Season One....Tyrone Johnson!
Confetti falls from the roof as fireworks blast throughout the arena. Tyrone Johnson can't imagine feeling more on top of the world than he does right now. Little does he know that this is only the beginning. He is now an FWA Superstar. He will have his first match in the FWA. Soon he will have his first win. Then maybe his first championship. His first Back in Business match, and so so much more. He is an FWA Superstar, there is literally nothing can get in his way now.
Winner of Ground Zero Season One:
Tyrone Johnson
Season One Finale
Before the show even starts, the camera starts right in the office of the host Dave Sullivan. He is sitting at his desk and is going through some papers. Probably some sort of schedule for the episode tonight.
When all of a sudden a thick envelope is thrown on Dave's desk. Sullivan looks up and says "What the hell are you doing in here...again?"
Sam Donovan: Look in the envelope, Dave.
Sullivan opens up the envelope to find a thick wad of $100 bills.
Dave Sullivan: What is this, a bribe? Sam I can't take a bribe.
Sam Donovan: No. It's a payment. My job is done.
Sam takes a flashdrive out of his suit jacket and flashes it at Sullivan.
Sam Donovan: Thank you for your help.
Dave Sullivan: Wait, done? I thought you needed to get onto the FWA roster.
Donovan chuckles.
Sam Donovan: No Dave...that's just what I told you I was here for. Do you think I really would have told you what I needed to do? That was just to keep you and everyone else distracted long enough for me to do my job. And now...it's done. I no longer have a need to be on this show. Consider me "eliminated" or whatever you guys do.
Dave Sullivan: Are you kidding me...after all of that. Come on Sam, are you sure you don't want to try and win? Become a wrestler. Start a new life for yourself.
Sam Donovan: Sorry Dave. It doesn't work like that. I've got places to go.
Dave Sullivan: Like where?
Sam Donovan: Ha...if I told you, I'd have to kill you.
Dave Sullivan: Brazil?
Sam Donovan: What? How did yo- uh...no...no not that place. Just...goodbye Dave. Good luck with everything.
Sam Donovan (Team Chris) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
The fireworks go off as it's time to finally start the last episode of Ground Zero! The theme song plays one last time as the crowd gets pumped.
[video=youtube;-1xaZrycqCc]
Gus Johnson: Welcome to Ground Zero's season finale! We are set to have what might be one of the biggest and best episodes yet. By the end of the night we will know just who will be the winner of our very first season.
Cris Collinsworth: Well just moments ago Sam Donovan removed himself from the competition. We still have Jack Harris, Tyrone Johnson, and Dan Dulaney. But the winner isn't limited to just one of those three. From what we are told there is going to be a 20 man Royal Rumble consisting of twenty eliminated contestants. The winner will get the third spot in the triple threat finale.
Gus Johnson: So literally anyone can win this thing.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't know if you would want to though. I mean the winner supposedly gets to be "managed" by Dave Sullivan in the FWA. What kind of reward is that? What does he know?
Gus Johnson: Speak of the devil, here he comes now.
Dave Sullivan struts down to the ring with a microphone in his hand. He adjusts the tie on his suit before entering through the ropes and hushing down the very lively crowd.
Dave Sullivan: So during the week we had one last Fan Interactive. We asked fans who they thought deserved to win Ground Zero the most. The winner of that poll would get immunity all the way to the final match. The winner of that poll...by a landslide...Tyrone Johnson!
The crowd goes wild with excitement. It's obvious Tyrone has become a fan favorite here on Ground Zero.
Dave Sullivan: With that being said, there are two more contestants left after Sam Donovan removed himself from the equation.
So to start us off...we have Jack Harris vs Dan Dulaney. Winner goes onto the ladder match. The loser is eliminated. Let's get started. Oh and one more thing...this match is going to be a first blood match.
Jack Harris (Team Mac) has been eliminated from Ground Zero.
Gus Johnson: Wow! Dan Dulaney, the babyface cop, just did whatever it took to win.
Cris Collinsworth: He hit that man in the nuts! What a dirty move, but Dan is moving on and Jack Harris is eliminated.
Gus Johnson: Well Harris still has one more chance, because when we come back it is a 20 man Royal Rumble featuring all of our eliminated contestants. The winner will join Tyrone Johnson and Dan Dulaney in that triple threat ladder match!
*Commercial Break*
Gus Johnson: Tanner Gaskil is moving onto the main event finale!
Cris Collinsworth: Wow what a rumble that was! I thought Andrews was gonna win for a minute.
Gus Johnson: Well in a way I think he did win. It looks like he and Tyrone have rekindled their long friendship.
Cris Collinsworth: I knew they would. Those kinds of friendships never died.
Gus Johnson: Oh bullshit, Cris. You said just a few weeks ago that their feud went too far. That it was far too much damage to be repaired.
Cris Collinsworth: I don't think so Gus, I would've remembered.
Gus Johnson: Oh whatever. When we come back...one last match. The grand finale...a triple threat ladder match between Tyrone Johnson, Dan Dulaney, and Tanner Gaskil! Whoever grabs that briefcase with that FWA contract inside of it...is going to be crowned the winner of Ground Zero!
Cris Collinsworth: Right after this short word from our sponsors.
Gus Johnson: Short? Why do I have the feeling like we're going to be sitting here for 18 hours or something.
Cris Collinsworth: 18 hours what? I don't know what you're referencing Gus but we have to take this commercial break now.
*Commercial Break*
Dave Sullivan is sitting in an interview chair on a set backstage. With him is a man in a suit named Joe Anderson who was brought in as Ground Zero's official media coordinator. When he agreed to work for Ground Zero, Dave Sullivan promised him many interviews on the show. It wasn't until earlier tonight that Joe reminded Dave he hasn't gotten a single interview yet. So here we are...
Joe Anderson: We are just minutes away from crowning the first winner of Ground Zero. With me right now is the very host of Ground Zero. He is a three time X Division champion in the FWA, he has a winning record in fights, and here he is hosting his own television show. The winner of this season will get the pleasure of being managed and coached by Dave as they start their journey into the FWA world.
So Dave, I have to ask...what approach are you going to take when coaching and managing your winning superstar?
Dave Sullivan: Well Joe...for me, I think I've hit my ceiling. When I first started out in the FWA I had aspired to be the best that there was. I wanted to win world championships left and right. Even at the peak of my last run I thought that I just had a chance to win a world title. Though sometime around the Carnal Contendership last year I realized...I put in my maximum effort and be my very best, but I will never get that high. So I kind of accepted the fact that I was a role player in the FWA. I rule the X Division, and you know what I am comfortable with that.
But my goal for the winner of this season, is to make them better than I was. They're going to be like a son to me, and we always want our kids to grow up to do the things we never could. That's my goal. I'm going to take one of these guys under my wing, and I am going to teach them everything I know. And hopefully that combined with everything they learn and have learned on this show will help mold them into a main event caliber wrestler.
Joe Anderson: Wow. So you have some pretty big aspirations for the winner of this show. So we have narrowed it down to just three men. Tyrone Johnson is obviously the fan favorite. Dan Dulaney earned his way in by beating a tough competitor in Jack Harris, and Tanner Gaskil won that redemption Royal Rumble to earn his way back on after being previously eliminated. Which of those three do you think has the best chance to win tonight, and who do you think would be the easiest to manage in the FWA?
Dave Sullivan: Dan Dulaney hands down is the best physical competitor left standing. We had a handful of guys who came into the show in great physical shape and a background in fighting. Chang Hoi Sun and Jack Harris were both great competitors, but ultimately they didn't make it this far. Dan however is someone who has been trained to fight for his life and the lives of others. Having that training, knowledge, and experience in the ring physically puts him ahead of the rest. However with that being said, I feel like when it came to listening to my advice in the FWA...Dan may not exactly be open to suggestions. We're close in age, and I feel like he might already think he knows more than I do. He's a great guy though and I don't see him acting like a jerk or anything...but I just feel like Gaskil or Johnson I would be able to teach more.
With that being said, Tanner Gaskil is the underdog here. He is the only contestant that was actually eliminated before, so he is coming into this with a lot to prove. If I remember correctly he was one that didn't even "earn" his elimination, so this match could very easily be his. Tyrone Johnson however is coming in with a lot of fan support. He won the fan interaction poll by a landslide, and the crowd goes crazy anytime they see his face. As a fighter I know how much having the crowd on your side can make an impact in your performance in the ring.
These three guys are all here for a reason, and I think it could be anyone's to win.
Joe Anderson: Well Dave it is time for us to find out. They're just about to make their entrances to the ring...
Gus Johnson: He wins it! The fan favorite Tyrone Johnson wins it all!
Cris Collinsworth: What a brutal match that was! I don't know if anyone is going to even be able to continue any sort of career after the intensity of this match! Is Dulaney's leg ok?
Gus Johnson: I don't know, but what I do know is that Tyrone Johnson is the first winner of Ground Zero! It was a tough road. Johnson came into this show with his best friend Daiquan Andrews. But his best friend turned into his biggest enemy. Now after it's all said and done, Johnson has reunited with Daiquan once again. He gets it all! He wins the show and his friend.
Cris Collinsworth: Tyrone Johnson is officially an FWA Superstar. His FWA contract is in that briefcase, and all he has to do is sign it!
Tyrone Johnson is celebrating in the ring holding that briefcase high. He is joined by his best friend and former rival Daiquan Andrews, who gives his buddy a huge. Andrews raises Johnson's hand high as the two celebrate in the ring.
They are soon joined by host Dave Sullivan. Sullivan shakes Johnson's hand inside of the ring, and grabs a microphone.
Dave Sullivan: Ladies and Gentlemen...the winner of Ground Zero Season One....Tyrone Johnson!
Confetti falls from the roof as fireworks blast throughout the arena. Tyrone Johnson can't imagine feeling more on top of the world than he does right now. Little does he know that this is only the beginning. He is now an FWA Superstar. He will have his first match in the FWA. Soon he will have his first win. Then maybe his first championship. His first Back in Business match, and so so much more. He is an FWA Superstar, there is literally nothing can get in his way now.
Winner of Ground Zero Season One:
Tyrone Johnson
The second season of Ground Zero opened the doors to more wannabe FWA stars. Potential starts from across the world applied to compete. This season was again hosted by Saint Sulley, and it was won by Konchu Hao.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Official Roster:
Executive Producer
Forbes Rooney
Forbes Rooney is a multi-billionare who purchased the rights to Ground Zero after it's success as an independent project in 2017. He's retained Sullivan as it's host but is looking to shake things up and make Ground Zero bigger than ever. With all the executive power, it's possible he and Sullivan could majorly clash this season.
Host
Dave Sullivan
Dave Sullivan is one of FWA's hottest stars. He's held all three singles titles at once, including the coveted FWA World Championship. He's also hosted before, hosting Ground Zero Season 1 where Ty Johnson was crowned the winner. As part of Johnson's reward, Sullivan mentored him in the big leagues. Although that ending wasn't a happy one, here's hoping the winner of Ground Zero Season 2 finds more success. Although Sullivan will not be mentoring this next star, he will still be the host of our show. Ego and all.
Commentary Team
Broc Lobster and Daiquan Andrews
This dynamic commentary duo is new to the scene of Ground Zero. The first season of Ground Zero show acclaimed broadcasters Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth. Unavailable this season due to NFL commitments, the network decided to go a different direction. Starting with former FWA Wrestler, Broc "Lobster" Flucker was a coach on the first go around for Ground Zero. Not only has he wrestled, but he also has experience running his own wrestling company, where he ran the indy Hardcore Wrestling Alliance with his cousin Dave Sullivan. Broc looks to make a new journey in his career by making a leap to broadcasting.
His partner also has a Ground Zero history. Daiquan Andrews was in fact a runner up on Season 1. Childhood friends with winner of the show Ty Johnson, Andrews was showcased in the show's first ever feud where he and Johnson competed to take the crown of Ground Zero's first winner. Johnson would eventually go on to win, and also rekindle his friendship with Andrews. Andrews competed in nGw for a short while, but was never able to make it into the FWA as a big league. But he has enough FWA experience to broadcast, and he'll certainly be an interesting broadcast partner for Broc Lobster.
Coaches
Gabrielle Montgomery, Randy Ramon and Michael Garcia
Three current stars from the FWA will be appearing on the main show. Gabrielle Montgomery started in the FWA 14 years ago, and has made quite the career with multiple Women's Championship wins, and also two FWA World Championship wins. Now, she'll be mentoring a group of young stars trying to follow in her foot steps.
Randy Ramon is a bit newer to the FWA, but he's still made his mark. His most success has come from the tag team division, with successful reigns partnering with Danny Toner, Ayla El, and now Devin Golden. Ramon's crippling alcoholism has been a barrier at points, but hopefully he can help sway these hopeful prospects from making the same mistakes.
Last is Michael Garcia, a man who might have as much to prove as some of these FWA hopefuls. Garcia's ego is big enough that he'll strive anyone on his team to be crowned the winner, just so Garcia can take the credit for it. Losing to Dave Sullivan in the main event of Division's Rules, Garcia has a lot to prove. Will he be able to successfully coach the next FWA star to glory?
Each coach will start with seven contestants on their team. With two contestants each eliminated each week, the numbers will begin to slowly dwindle. Only one coach will have the Ground Zero Season 2 winner. In Ground Zero Season 1, Chris Kennedy got that glory. Which one of these three will walk away with the bragging rights?
________________________________
Active Roster
Joe Burr (Rawr)
Nicole Valander (Maniax)
"Discos Last Warrior" Chris Peacock (Man)
Stu Grimes (SuperSaiyan)
"Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (SJW)
Lizzie Rose (AON)
Cornelius Aurelius Caesar (Hermes)
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain (Jimmy King)
"The Renegade" Emerson McCoy (OMB)
Konchu Hao (Cyrus)
Grayce Riley (Sully)
Reagan Cole (The Gipper)
Angel Clemente (Sully)
"The Rookie Sensation" Leon Sandcastle (Sully)
Noah "The Roach" Van Der Cappellen (AON)
“The Ice Princess” Ingibjörg Guðjohnsen (AON)
Billy Gene (AON)
Guru Quang (AON)
Sauce Man (TGO)
Johnathan "Squeaky" McClean (AON)
Steve The Techno Vampire (AON)
"The FORE Horseman" Putter Green (AON)
Moto Moto (Sully)
Sean Sue (ETE)
Janet Shelley (Hermes)
"The Scheming Behmoth" Charles Newry (AON)
Daphne Shelley (Hermes)
________________________________
The Teams:
Team Goddess (Coached by Gabrielle)
1. Lizzie Rose (Drafted 2nd overall)
2. Grayce Riley (Drafted 5th overall)
3. Joe Burr (Drafted 8th overall)
4. Nicole Valander (Drafted 11th overall)
5. Daphne Shelley (Drafted 14th overall)
6. Noah "The Roach" Van Der Cappellen (Drafted 17th overall)
7. Johnathan "Squeaky" McClean (Drafted 20th overall)
Team Carnivore (Coached by Mike Garcia)
1. "Big Mack" Marcus McClain (Drafted 3rd overall)
2. Cornelius Aurelius Caesar (Drafted 4th overall)
3. Stu Grimes (Drafted 9th overall)
4. "Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (Drafted 10th overall)
5. "The Screaming Behemoth" Charles Newry (Drafted 15th overall)
6. Moto Moto (Drafted 16th overall)
7. "The FORE Horseman" Putter Green (Drafted 21st overall)
Team Rockstar (Coached by Randy Ramon)
1. "Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock (Drafted 1st overall)
2. "The Renegade" Emerson McCoy (Drafted 6th overall)
3. Koncho Hao (Drafted 7th overall)
4. Reagan Cole (Undrafted)
5. Janet Shelley (Drafted 18th overall)
6. Sean Sue (Drafted 12th overall)
7. Steve The Techno Vampire (Drafted 19th overall)
8. Sauce Man (Drafted 13th Overall)
Ground Zero: Season 2
Official Roster:
Executive Producer
Forbes Rooney
Forbes Rooney is a multi-billionare who purchased the rights to Ground Zero after it's success as an independent project in 2017. He's retained Sullivan as it's host but is looking to shake things up and make Ground Zero bigger than ever. With all the executive power, it's possible he and Sullivan could majorly clash this season.
Host
Dave Sullivan
Dave Sullivan is one of FWA's hottest stars. He's held all three singles titles at once, including the coveted FWA World Championship. He's also hosted before, hosting Ground Zero Season 1 where Ty Johnson was crowned the winner. As part of Johnson's reward, Sullivan mentored him in the big leagues. Although that ending wasn't a happy one, here's hoping the winner of Ground Zero Season 2 finds more success. Although Sullivan will not be mentoring this next star, he will still be the host of our show. Ego and all.
Commentary Team
Broc Lobster and Daiquan Andrews
This dynamic commentary duo is new to the scene of Ground Zero. The first season of Ground Zero show acclaimed broadcasters Gus Johnson and Cris Collinsworth. Unavailable this season due to NFL commitments, the network decided to go a different direction. Starting with former FWA Wrestler, Broc "Lobster" Flucker was a coach on the first go around for Ground Zero. Not only has he wrestled, but he also has experience running his own wrestling company, where he ran the indy Hardcore Wrestling Alliance with his cousin Dave Sullivan. Broc looks to make a new journey in his career by making a leap to broadcasting.
His partner also has a Ground Zero history. Daiquan Andrews was in fact a runner up on Season 1. Childhood friends with winner of the show Ty Johnson, Andrews was showcased in the show's first ever feud where he and Johnson competed to take the crown of Ground Zero's first winner. Johnson would eventually go on to win, and also rekindle his friendship with Andrews. Andrews competed in nGw for a short while, but was never able to make it into the FWA as a big league. But he has enough FWA experience to broadcast, and he'll certainly be an interesting broadcast partner for Broc Lobster.
Coaches
Gabrielle Montgomery, Randy Ramon and Michael Garcia
Three current stars from the FWA will be appearing on the main show. Gabrielle Montgomery started in the FWA 14 years ago, and has made quite the career with multiple Women's Championship wins, and also two FWA World Championship wins. Now, she'll be mentoring a group of young stars trying to follow in her foot steps.
Randy Ramon is a bit newer to the FWA, but he's still made his mark. His most success has come from the tag team division, with successful reigns partnering with Danny Toner, Ayla El, and now Devin Golden. Ramon's crippling alcoholism has been a barrier at points, but hopefully he can help sway these hopeful prospects from making the same mistakes.
Last is Michael Garcia, a man who might have as much to prove as some of these FWA hopefuls. Garcia's ego is big enough that he'll strive anyone on his team to be crowned the winner, just so Garcia can take the credit for it. Losing to Dave Sullivan in the main event of Division's Rules, Garcia has a lot to prove. Will he be able to successfully coach the next FWA star to glory?
Each coach will start with seven contestants on their team. With two contestants each eliminated each week, the numbers will begin to slowly dwindle. Only one coach will have the Ground Zero Season 2 winner. In Ground Zero Season 1, Chris Kennedy got that glory. Which one of these three will walk away with the bragging rights?
________________________________
Active Roster
Joe Burr (Rawr)
Nicole Valander (Maniax)
"Discos Last Warrior" Chris Peacock (Man)
Stu Grimes (SuperSaiyan)
"Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (SJW)
Lizzie Rose (AON)
Cornelius Aurelius Caesar (Hermes)
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain (Jimmy King)
"The Renegade" Emerson McCoy (OMB)
Konchu Hao (Cyrus)
Grayce Riley (Sully)
Reagan Cole (The Gipper)
Angel Clemente (Sully)
"The Rookie Sensation" Leon Sandcastle (Sully)
Noah "The Roach" Van Der Cappellen (AON)
“The Ice Princess” Ingibjörg Guðjohnsen (AON)
Billy Gene (AON)
Guru Quang (AON)
Sauce Man (TGO)
Johnathan "Squeaky" McClean (AON)
Steve The Techno Vampire (AON)
"The FORE Horseman" Putter Green (AON)
Moto Moto (Sully)
Sean Sue (ETE)
Janet Shelley (Hermes)
"The Scheming Behmoth" Charles Newry (AON)
Daphne Shelley (Hermes)
________________________________
The Teams:
Team Goddess (Coached by Gabrielle)
1. Lizzie Rose (Drafted 2nd overall)
2. Grayce Riley (Drafted 5th overall)
3. Joe Burr (Drafted 8th overall)
4. Nicole Valander (Drafted 11th overall)
5. Daphne Shelley (Drafted 14th overall)
6. Noah "The Roach" Van Der Cappellen (Drafted 17th overall)
7. Johnathan "Squeaky" McClean (Drafted 20th overall)
Team Carnivore (Coached by Mike Garcia)
1. "Big Mack" Marcus McClain (Drafted 3rd overall)
2. Cornelius Aurelius Caesar (Drafted 4th overall)
3. Stu Grimes (Drafted 9th overall)
4. "Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (Drafted 10th overall)
5. "The Screaming Behemoth" Charles Newry (Drafted 15th overall)
6. Moto Moto (Drafted 16th overall)
7. "The FORE Horseman" Putter Green (Drafted 21st overall)
Team Rockstar (Coached by Randy Ramon)
1. "Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock (Drafted 1st overall)
2. "The Renegade" Emerson McCoy (Drafted 6th overall)
3. Koncho Hao (Drafted 7th overall)
4. Reagan Cole (Undrafted)
5. Janet Shelley (Drafted 18th overall)
6. Sean Sue (Drafted 12th overall)
7. Steve The Techno Vampire (Drafted 19th overall)
8. Sauce Man (Drafted 13th Overall)
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode One
Wednesday, September 9th, 2020
Taped from Orlando, Florida at Addition Financial Arena
Fireworks go off inside the Addition Financial Arena, a venue who's seating seating capacity is just under 10,000 seats. Most of those are taped off, and there looks to be about 2500 or so fans in attendance for this first episode of Ground Zero. Fans wait in anticipation as they hope to see the next future FWA star.
Broc Lobster: Hello everybody! My name is Broc Lobster, a former FWA star myself, and I'm sitting here alongside my broadcast partner Daiquan Andrews, and we are here live from Orlando Florida! It is a great crowd here tonight, as we are all anticipating the start of this second season of Ground Zero. Daiquan, you have some history with Ground Zero don't you? Tell us about yourself.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo that's right Lobstah, I was on Ground Zero. First eva season. You know I'm the only reason why Ty Johnson won in the first place? If you go back and watch dat first episode, you'd see man...Tyrone and I had to win in a basketball match against Dave Sullivan and Ty's brother Wayne. It's what got us on the show. I was THIS close man to winning the first season. I made it all the way to the second to last episode, episode nine.
Broc Lobster: But what happened? Didn't Ty beat you in some crazy Hell in a Cell last man standing match?
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, the sun got in ma eyes, and Ty got lucky. We fell through the top of the cell, and both landed in the ring. I almost got up, but I got a back spasm you know? Ty got up in the last second and won. If that don't happen, then I go onto the finals and I win that match again. And I'd still be in the FWA you know? Not flaking out like Ty Johnson has done. TWICE now.
Broc Lobster: Aren't you and Ty still friends though? It sounds like you hate the guy.
Daiquan Andrews: Aw no man we homies.
Broc Lobster: Well anyway, we've got a BIG show tonight. Two episodes of Ground Zero. This first episode will feature more eliminations than any other episode, where will be cutting down from 26 contestants to 20.
Daiquan Andrews: How they gonna do that? How do you just pick six guys to wack off? It aint like we got a bunch of red shirts to kill off like some Star Trek episode. Everybody on the roster is serious business.
Broc Lobster: I gotta agree with you Daiquan. The first episode of Ground Zero had a lot of contestants who didn't deserve to be there. Ramjam The Clown? Derek Silver? But this season? I mean these guys are legit competitors. Have you seen the list? Steve The Techno Vampire looks like a future FWA World Champion!
Daiquan Andrews: Ima big fan of Leon Sandcastle myself Broc. He looks so familiar, but I can't place my finger on where.
Broc Lobster: This conversation looks like it'll have to be put on a hold, because here comes our Executive Producer down to the ring, and he's followed by our host Dave Sullivan!
Dave Sullivan's Hail to the King theme music hits, as he struts around in a pinstripe suit. He's got a microphone in his hand, and he's followed by another man in a suit. That man must be the Executive Producer of the show, Forbes Rooney.
Rooney and Sullivan both enter the ring together, and Sullivan speaks first.
Dave Sullivan: Well, hello Orlando!
You are looking at the only two time host of Ground Zero television. That's right. In 2016, I pitched this show idea to the big dogs at FWA Network, and got just enough of a budget to run it in 2017. Thanks to me, you saw innovative television, and got to see a fresh FWA face.
Unfortunately, at the conclusion of the season, the FWA Network decided that Ground Zero did not have the budget to continue on for a second season...despite the record breaking ratings I brought to the show. So sadly, the show got axed, and Ty Johnson appeared to be the one and only winner of Ground Zero. That is until Mr. Rooney here came along. Forbes, why don't you tell the crowd about yourself?
Sullivan hands Forbes Rooney the microphone.
Forbes Rooney: My name is Forbes Rooney, and I became one of the youngest people to ever make one billionaire dollars. I don't know much about wrestling, but I do know about business. And I saw a business opportunity in Ground Zero. So I purchased the rights, and I decided to bring this show to life one more time. So what does that mean? Well, Ground Zero Season 1 was a huge success in 2017, and that was on a budget that was essentially lifeless. Well this season, Ground Zero has ten times the budget it had in 2017. That means this season will be ten times better than season one. We have a whole new roster full of competitive talent, and we're looking to find the next FWA star.
Dave, tell us how we're going to do that.
Dave Sullivan: Certainly Mr. Rooney. We had so many applicants for Ground Zero Season 2, that we had to cut the roster down. We managed to get things down to 26 fighters, but that still is too much. In Ground Zero Season 1, we had what I called a Ground Zero Showdown match. All 26 fighters will start out in the ring. Yes, that's right it's going to be an absolute brawl. If someone gets a pin, they get a confirmed spot on the roster. First 21 fighters to get a pin are safe. The other five become our fight five eliminated, right out of the gate.
And that starts right now!
The crowd pops, as Indestructible by Disturbed hits the arena speakers.
[video=youtube;5c1jaxV69JA]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain comes down the ramp, as the camera fades out for a commercial.
*Commercial Break*
We return from commercial to have all 26 contestants in the ring.
Broc Lobster: Wow, I can't see who's who! The ring is packed right now.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I can speak from experience on this one, this match is a shit show. You ever get in a fumble pile up in a football game? All kinds of crazy things are going on. It's a mess! Luckily for me I was the sixth person to get a pin in season one, so I didn't have to stay in the match too long. But the longer this goes on, the harder it gets.
Broc Lobster: I can imagine. When there's six guys left, and the next pin is the last one, it's going to be sudden death for everyone in there.
Broc Lobster: Steve The Techno Vampire does it! He is the last safe person on the roster! There you have it. Angel Clemente, Leon Sandcastle, The Ice Princess, Guro Quang, and Billie Gene are our first eliminations.
Daiquan Andrews: It's just how it goes. There has to be someone to get eliminated first. Sucks for these losers, but better luck next time, ight?
Broc Lobster: But more luck to the 21 who have made it. We still have some show left, and we still have ONE more elimination. Coming up, our three coaches will draft their teams.
*Commercial Break*
Broc Lobster: So we are back from commercial break. We are going to have our three coaches draft their teams. Each coach will start with a team of seven. Those seven are who they are responsible for. They will train their team members and push them to victory. But don't worry, the coaches do not get anything out of it...except bragging rights.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo in the FWA, bragging rights is goes a long way.
Broc Lobster: It sure does. Do you remember who your coach was in season one Daiquan?
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah I do. It was you fool.
Broc Lobster: Oh yeah that's right, haha.
Daiquan Andrews: No wonder why I lost. I got stuck with some washout who barely made a dent in the FWA.
Broc Lobster: Oh so we're just hurting each others' feelings now? Well to be fair, this season on Ground Zero we have three brand new coaches, and all of them have a lot of experience in the FWA. We have two time tag team champion..."The Rockstar" Randy Ramon. We have the Carniege Carnivore Michael Garcia, another former tag team champion...and then we have a two time FWA World Champion, Gabrielle Montgomery! No matter what team any of these contestents is on, they're going to get some good training experience.
Daiquan Andrews: But these coaches are all certainly different. They all bring something different to the table. Garcia is a powerhouse. Randy Ramon is more of a technical striker, while Gabrielle obviously has her own unique talents.
Broc Lobster: Their own personalities might factor into the fighters they draft. We'll see how it goes...Randy Ramon has the first pick!
The draft ends, and all three teams get together in different parts of the arena. Team Rockstar is outside of the ring to the left, Team Carnivore is on the outside of the ring to the right, and Team Goddess is up on the stage.
Our host Dave Sullivan comes out again, microphone in hand.
Broc Lobster: Well our draft is over. What fasciniating choices by these coaches. It looks like Garcia did go for some of the bigger fighters with McClain, Grimes, and Newry. Meanwhile Gabrielle seemed to go after more of the female contestants. Is she looking to mentor the next big female star in the FWA?
Daiquan Andrews: Well if you ever asked me what female has made the breakthrough for women in wrestling, it's Gabrielle Montgomery. She really has broken that barrier more than anyone, and has proven women can compete with the men in this sport. She has done that and more. For her to look and encourage another set of young females to rise up to her level, it's inspiring yo.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, I love how Disco's Last Warrior was chosen by THE ROCKSTAR. How will Disco and Rock coincide? Anyway, here comes my cousin for another announcement.
Sullivan is in the ring now, and is ready to talk with a smile on his face.
Dave Sullivan: We have ONE more match for the first episode of Ground Zero season two, and it's going to be determined by our coaches themselves. See each of them are going to have to pick one member of their team to compete in our main event for tonight.
The coach who's team wins, will be immune from elimination in the entirety of episode two...an episode where we'll eliminate two more contestants. The coach who's team gets pinned, that person will be eliminated on the spot.
So...our coaches have to decide.
Do you nominate a strong person, and risk having them eliminated so soon? Or do you sacrifice one of your weaker talents?
Let's get going!
Team Rockstar chooses Sauce Man.
Team Goddess chooses Nicole Valander.
Team Carnivore chooses "Big Mack" Marcus McClain
Broc Lobster: OF COURSE Garcia chooses his first pick of the draft.
Daiquan Andrews: Why not? He wants to go all in.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, Team Rockstar and Team Goddess went with smarter picks, picking from the middle of the pack on both their teams. One of these three is getting eliminated? Who will it be?
Marcus McClain celebrates, as Sauce Man is crying tears of hot sauce outside the ring. Meanwhile Gabrielle is talking with Nicole Valander at ringside, giving tips on what she did wrong.
Garcia is in the ring celebrating with McClain, knowing his team is safe for episode two.
Broc Lobster: Wow! What a statement from Team Garcia and Marcus McClain!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I never expected Sauce Man to go out this early man. I thought he had all the spicyness to make it deep in this thing. Guess I was wrong.
Broc Lobster: So stay tuned for Episode TWO! Where two contestants from either Team Rockstar or Team Goddess will be eliminated.
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode One
Wednesday, September 9th, 2020
Taped from Orlando, Florida at Addition Financial Arena
Fireworks go off inside the Addition Financial Arena, a venue who's seating seating capacity is just under 10,000 seats. Most of those are taped off, and there looks to be about 2500 or so fans in attendance for this first episode of Ground Zero. Fans wait in anticipation as they hope to see the next future FWA star.
Broc Lobster: Hello everybody! My name is Broc Lobster, a former FWA star myself, and I'm sitting here alongside my broadcast partner Daiquan Andrews, and we are here live from Orlando Florida! It is a great crowd here tonight, as we are all anticipating the start of this second season of Ground Zero. Daiquan, you have some history with Ground Zero don't you? Tell us about yourself.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo that's right Lobstah, I was on Ground Zero. First eva season. You know I'm the only reason why Ty Johnson won in the first place? If you go back and watch dat first episode, you'd see man...Tyrone and I had to win in a basketball match against Dave Sullivan and Ty's brother Wayne. It's what got us on the show. I was THIS close man to winning the first season. I made it all the way to the second to last episode, episode nine.
Broc Lobster: But what happened? Didn't Ty beat you in some crazy Hell in a Cell last man standing match?
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, the sun got in ma eyes, and Ty got lucky. We fell through the top of the cell, and both landed in the ring. I almost got up, but I got a back spasm you know? Ty got up in the last second and won. If that don't happen, then I go onto the finals and I win that match again. And I'd still be in the FWA you know? Not flaking out like Ty Johnson has done. TWICE now.
Broc Lobster: Aren't you and Ty still friends though? It sounds like you hate the guy.
Daiquan Andrews: Aw no man we homies.
Broc Lobster: Well anyway, we've got a BIG show tonight. Two episodes of Ground Zero. This first episode will feature more eliminations than any other episode, where will be cutting down from 26 contestants to 20.
Daiquan Andrews: How they gonna do that? How do you just pick six guys to wack off? It aint like we got a bunch of red shirts to kill off like some Star Trek episode. Everybody on the roster is serious business.
Broc Lobster: I gotta agree with you Daiquan. The first episode of Ground Zero had a lot of contestants who didn't deserve to be there. Ramjam The Clown? Derek Silver? But this season? I mean these guys are legit competitors. Have you seen the list? Steve The Techno Vampire looks like a future FWA World Champion!
Daiquan Andrews: Ima big fan of Leon Sandcastle myself Broc. He looks so familiar, but I can't place my finger on where.
Broc Lobster: This conversation looks like it'll have to be put on a hold, because here comes our Executive Producer down to the ring, and he's followed by our host Dave Sullivan!
Dave Sullivan's Hail to the King theme music hits, as he struts around in a pinstripe suit. He's got a microphone in his hand, and he's followed by another man in a suit. That man must be the Executive Producer of the show, Forbes Rooney.
Rooney and Sullivan both enter the ring together, and Sullivan speaks first.
Dave Sullivan: Well, hello Orlando!
You are looking at the only two time host of Ground Zero television. That's right. In 2016, I pitched this show idea to the big dogs at FWA Network, and got just enough of a budget to run it in 2017. Thanks to me, you saw innovative television, and got to see a fresh FWA face.
Unfortunately, at the conclusion of the season, the FWA Network decided that Ground Zero did not have the budget to continue on for a second season...despite the record breaking ratings I brought to the show. So sadly, the show got axed, and Ty Johnson appeared to be the one and only winner of Ground Zero. That is until Mr. Rooney here came along. Forbes, why don't you tell the crowd about yourself?
Sullivan hands Forbes Rooney the microphone.
Forbes Rooney: My name is Forbes Rooney, and I became one of the youngest people to ever make one billionaire dollars. I don't know much about wrestling, but I do know about business. And I saw a business opportunity in Ground Zero. So I purchased the rights, and I decided to bring this show to life one more time. So what does that mean? Well, Ground Zero Season 1 was a huge success in 2017, and that was on a budget that was essentially lifeless. Well this season, Ground Zero has ten times the budget it had in 2017. That means this season will be ten times better than season one. We have a whole new roster full of competitive talent, and we're looking to find the next FWA star.
Dave, tell us how we're going to do that.
Dave Sullivan: Certainly Mr. Rooney. We had so many applicants for Ground Zero Season 2, that we had to cut the roster down. We managed to get things down to 26 fighters, but that still is too much. In Ground Zero Season 1, we had what I called a Ground Zero Showdown match. All 26 fighters will start out in the ring. Yes, that's right it's going to be an absolute brawl. If someone gets a pin, they get a confirmed spot on the roster. First 21 fighters to get a pin are safe. The other five become our fight five eliminated, right out of the gate.
And that starts right now!
The crowd pops, as Indestructible by Disturbed hits the arena speakers.
[video=youtube;5c1jaxV69JA]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain comes down the ramp, as the camera fades out for a commercial.
*Commercial Break*
We return from commercial to have all 26 contestants in the ring.
Broc Lobster: Wow, I can't see who's who! The ring is packed right now.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I can speak from experience on this one, this match is a shit show. You ever get in a fumble pile up in a football game? All kinds of crazy things are going on. It's a mess! Luckily for me I was the sixth person to get a pin in season one, so I didn't have to stay in the match too long. But the longer this goes on, the harder it gets.
Broc Lobster: I can imagine. When there's six guys left, and the next pin is the last one, it's going to be sudden death for everyone in there.
Broc Lobster: Steve The Techno Vampire does it! He is the last safe person on the roster! There you have it. Angel Clemente, Leon Sandcastle, The Ice Princess, Guro Quang, and Billie Gene are our first eliminations.
Daiquan Andrews: It's just how it goes. There has to be someone to get eliminated first. Sucks for these losers, but better luck next time, ight?
Broc Lobster: But more luck to the 21 who have made it. We still have some show left, and we still have ONE more elimination. Coming up, our three coaches will draft their teams.
*Commercial Break*
Broc Lobster: So we are back from commercial break. We are going to have our three coaches draft their teams. Each coach will start with a team of seven. Those seven are who they are responsible for. They will train their team members and push them to victory. But don't worry, the coaches do not get anything out of it...except bragging rights.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo in the FWA, bragging rights is goes a long way.
Broc Lobster: It sure does. Do you remember who your coach was in season one Daiquan?
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah I do. It was you fool.
Broc Lobster: Oh yeah that's right, haha.
Daiquan Andrews: No wonder why I lost. I got stuck with some washout who barely made a dent in the FWA.
Broc Lobster: Oh so we're just hurting each others' feelings now? Well to be fair, this season on Ground Zero we have three brand new coaches, and all of them have a lot of experience in the FWA. We have two time tag team champion..."The Rockstar" Randy Ramon. We have the Carniege Carnivore Michael Garcia, another former tag team champion...and then we have a two time FWA World Champion, Gabrielle Montgomery! No matter what team any of these contestents is on, they're going to get some good training experience.
Daiquan Andrews: But these coaches are all certainly different. They all bring something different to the table. Garcia is a powerhouse. Randy Ramon is more of a technical striker, while Gabrielle obviously has her own unique talents.
Broc Lobster: Their own personalities might factor into the fighters they draft. We'll see how it goes...Randy Ramon has the first pick!
The draft ends, and all three teams get together in different parts of the arena. Team Rockstar is outside of the ring to the left, Team Carnivore is on the outside of the ring to the right, and Team Goddess is up on the stage.
Our host Dave Sullivan comes out again, microphone in hand.
Broc Lobster: Well our draft is over. What fasciniating choices by these coaches. It looks like Garcia did go for some of the bigger fighters with McClain, Grimes, and Newry. Meanwhile Gabrielle seemed to go after more of the female contestants. Is she looking to mentor the next big female star in the FWA?
Daiquan Andrews: Well if you ever asked me what female has made the breakthrough for women in wrestling, it's Gabrielle Montgomery. She really has broken that barrier more than anyone, and has proven women can compete with the men in this sport. She has done that and more. For her to look and encourage another set of young females to rise up to her level, it's inspiring yo.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, I love how Disco's Last Warrior was chosen by THE ROCKSTAR. How will Disco and Rock coincide? Anyway, here comes my cousin for another announcement.
Sullivan is in the ring now, and is ready to talk with a smile on his face.
Dave Sullivan: We have ONE more match for the first episode of Ground Zero season two, and it's going to be determined by our coaches themselves. See each of them are going to have to pick one member of their team to compete in our main event for tonight.
The coach who's team wins, will be immune from elimination in the entirety of episode two...an episode where we'll eliminate two more contestants. The coach who's team gets pinned, that person will be eliminated on the spot.
So...our coaches have to decide.
Do you nominate a strong person, and risk having them eliminated so soon? Or do you sacrifice one of your weaker talents?
Let's get going!
Team Rockstar chooses Sauce Man.
Team Goddess chooses Nicole Valander.
Team Carnivore chooses "Big Mack" Marcus McClain
Broc Lobster: OF COURSE Garcia chooses his first pick of the draft.
Daiquan Andrews: Why not? He wants to go all in.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, Team Rockstar and Team Goddess went with smarter picks, picking from the middle of the pack on both their teams. One of these three is getting eliminated? Who will it be?
Marcus McClain celebrates, as Sauce Man is crying tears of hot sauce outside the ring. Meanwhile Gabrielle is talking with Nicole Valander at ringside, giving tips on what she did wrong.
Garcia is in the ring celebrating with McClain, knowing his team is safe for episode two.
Broc Lobster: Wow! What a statement from Team Garcia and Marcus McClain!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I never expected Sauce Man to go out this early man. I thought he had all the spicyness to make it deep in this thing. Guess I was wrong.
Broc Lobster: So stay tuned for Episode TWO! Where two contestants from either Team Rockstar or Team Goddess will be eliminated.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Two
Wednesday, September 9th, 2020
Taped from Orlando, Florida at Addition Financial Arena
The fireworks go off yet again as the same crowd pops for the start of the second episode tonight, on this special back to back opener.
Broc Lobster: Well long time no see everyone, and welcome to Ground Zero!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo whatchu mean long time no see? We literally just ended the first episode. We aint go nowhere.
Broc Lobster: Yes...that was the- anyway, we just saw our roster cut from 26 to 20 following that first episode. Now, we'll be seeing two more cut as we're looking to end the night with 18 fighters. Team Carnivore won the main event, and therefor they are immune from tonight's elimination. Last episode, Team Rockstar had the first elimination where they lost Sauce Man. It's possible they could lose TWO more contestants, and be down to just four already by the end of this show.
Daiquan Andrews: I think Team Rockstar and Team Goddess are gonna split. It makes more sense that way from a booking perspective.
Broc Lobster: A booking perspective what are you talking about? On second thought, don't answer that. After this commercial break, we'll have our first match of the night. A match between a member of Team Carnivore and Team Goddess. The winner will get some sort of reward, but we don't yet know what it is.
*Commercial Break*
We cut to what seems to be a pre-recorded video package, we’re taken quite a lavishly set up room backstage, with dark mood lighting a giant Ground Zero poster in the background, and in the foreground a humble steel chair currently groaning under the weight of a rather heavyset gentleman, utterly massive. His bulky frame is practically eclipsing the light in the studio. The man himself is dressed in an immaculately pressed three-piece suit, his hair parted neatly to the side and his hands clasped in front of him, his body language calm and at ease, and just a general smug energy.
“Good Evening, Ciao, Ola, Namaste. Sallam.Ndras Tvuy-Tu What a pleasure it for you to meet me.”
A smirk appeared on his face as if to say “That’s right, I just greeted you in six languages, what are you going to about it.
“My name is Charles Newby, but you will come to know me by my rather more colourful sobriquet; “The Scheming Behemoth” Admittedly a crude and sophomoric sounding moniker but I must admit like a chilled bottle of vik millahue it had grown on me.
Leaning back in place we hear soft jolly classic music as we’re taken to B-roll, The Bememoth taking some pictures for the show, delivering poses. Hands behind his back, Chn up, looking down at the camera with disdain
“I am a man of discerning tastes, I’ve consulted with the monks of Tibet about the nature of existence. I’ve studied the great greek philosophies of the past and can recite to you the entire works of William Shakespeare in mandarin Chinese while playing the oboe.
As he spoke we see a montage of the Bememoth walking calmly down the ramp in his all-black wrestling trucks, before standing in the ring
“As you can tell, I’m a rather impressive man, but what I’m most proud of, is a very special form of genius, inside the ring.
...and that’s when the strings start to get heavier as it’s intermixed with footage of the scheming one utterly crushing his foes with bone-cracking slams and stiff strikes, easily picking up his victims and hurling them across the ring like they were made of paper, all with a cool indifferent, all ending with Newy calling for the ref to have the pleasure of raising his hand
“Naturally, I knew it was only a matter of time before FWA came calling, granted, going through this ridiculous charades of a reality tv show. A form of entertainment that only morons enjoy, but I see it as a public service. You see, the gentleman that won, the first Ground Zero, has not merited the time and attention that this project had put into him. I on the other hand, When I’m sat here with the FWA World Heavyweight Title wrapped snug around my waist in time for season two. I will become the prime example of how one succeeds in this contest.
The camera cuts back to SB in the studio lecturing whoever she’s talking to
“...And I assure you, I will win because quite frankly no one else in this contest has anything to challenge me, Compare me to the rest and you’ll see I’m tougher. Stronger and most assuredly smarter. I’m what you would call a perfect gladiator. Imagine what Mike Tyson would have done with the brain of Stephen Hawkings? Wonder no more. Because that’s who “The Scheming Behemoth” is. Genius. Warrior. Winner. And when you interview me yet again this time next year, you might find me weeping. For like Alexander; I shall have no more worlds in which to conquer
His eyes linger on the camera, underlining that final line before someone yells cut, The Scheming Behemoth seems to relax and presses his hand against his temple.
“Now that I have fulfilled my contractual obligations; I have questions of my own, namely will this house have a library? I expect of a private study, of course, a bottle of brandy an-
“Um, with respect;...you need to win first to get entry into the house.
“God, I’m surrounded by idiots.”
_____________
The camera cuts back to the ring.
Four fighters are already in the ring and ready to go for the next match.
It's a tag team match between Team Carnivore and Team Goddess, the two teams who weren't pinned last episode. The winner will get training equipment for their team's training room back at the main Ground Zero base.
Cornelius Aurelius Caesar, Stu Grimes, and "Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (Team Carnivore) vs Lizzie Rose, Grayce Riley, Joe Burr (Team Goddess)
Daiquan Andrews: Speaking of immune, we got another immunity showdown coming up. This one is gonna be a bit crazy, because we doing an obstacle course 'yall. It's every man for themselves to see who can get the immunity on either team and be safe tonight.
*Commercial Break*
A video begins to play on the titantron.
"Do you guys have water? These lights are really hot, and I get really sweaty when I'm nervous I've never been on TV before, I don't want my first impressions to be pit stains. Also sometimes nose bleeds.
The camera eventually starts rolling as we go back to the studio we saw The Scheming Behmeont introduce himself to Ground Zero, only now the hulking frame that had occupied the stool is now filled by..Either one of the producers twelve-year-old daughter whose messing around on the interview set. Or the smallest tiniest wrestler with flaming red hair and pale skin, you've ever seen. She looked like a school girl more than a pro wrestler. Whatever the case may be, she was shifting in the chair uncomfortably swinging her legs clearly not knowing what to do with her self in these unfamiliar circumstances—looking like she doesn't know what to do with herself in this slick, high-end studio. She glances down at the mic clipped to her T-shirt -a vintage Spice Girl shirt- and begins to fidget with it, amused by the booming sound effect to come from it. Gaining confidence, she leans forward until her lips were practically against the mic.
"Hel-"
That was as far as she got before the SCREECH of audio feedback cut through the air like nails on a million chalkboards. Almost instantly stunned by this she screws up her face and presses her hands to her ears and leans back but instinctively over commits loses her balance and falls off the stool with a thud landing off camera. For a moment, all is quiet.
"...You weren't filming that, were you?"
Voice off-screen: "Yeah we were"
"Aw nuts…"
Never fear though-! After a quick cut, the girl is back on her chair, looking more focused on the task at hand.
"Heya; I'm Elizabeth Rose, from Manhattan New York, but my friends call me; "Lizzie."
…
"Well, Friend. I have one friend, and she calls me that, but if I had more then one. I'm sure they'd call me "Lizzie."
The scene cuts quickly to footage of the short girl in action, jumping off the apron, onto an opponent, interacting with people at ringside and dancing and shuffling her feet to her 90' s-riffic entrance music.
"When I got the call that, FWA wanted me for Ground Zero, I was STUNNED...like SHOCKED. So I had to ask; why me? Did they see potential in me? Were they wowed by my matches? Did they see footage of me, and think I'm the next big thing in wrestling? "
Suddenly the music stops with a record scratch.
They said "No, we've never heard of you; We just really want Daphne Shelly and she's refusing to sign the contract without you
The footage eventually cuts to more footage, of the dark and intense Daphne Shelly making a bee line for the ring..backed up by the colourful Lizzie Rose. Daphne launching Lizzie in the air giving her the height for some Lucha inspired move, and a few pics of Lizzie hugging the taller girl tight, while Daphne looks awkward about the whole thing. It's a very heavy Scrappy Doo, hanging out with Scobby vibe.
Voice off-screen: ...And why do you think, Daphne, was so intent on having you involved."
"Oh well, Daphne is great, like honestly, she is! It's me and her against the world. I literally wouldn't be here without her. I owe everything to her...but she's not what you'd call a people person..She hates people. No really, if I wasn't here, she'd probably murder everyone in the house with scissors."
Lizzie says this totally straight. She means it
"Plus, she's going to find it super weird that her mom's there too. Even though Mrs Shelly is super nice...not like my mom...PLEASE DON'T TELL HER I QUIT MY JOB TO WRESTLE. SHE'S GOING TO KILL ME-!
To give Lizzie a beat to calm down, more footage begins to roll, this time show casting the surprising amount of fight in Lizzie. It's basically a highlight reel of Lizzie getting the ever loving crap kicked out of her, yet still getting up
"I know, I might not look tough, and that I'm the smallest person on the show, and everyone else looks SUPER impressive... And I suffer from chronic stress nose bleeds….and I have phobias fear of clowns, and ducks..What was my point again? Oh yeah, I may have all that going for me, but this is my golden shot to live my dream and I'm not going to waste. everyone expects me to be on the first plane out of here, but I've got the key. I got the secret. This is my chance to shock the world, and show I'm more than Daphne's sidekick. Because I'm Lizzie Rose and I…..
….
….
...Really should have come up with a cool closing line. Can I get have another take? I need to brainstorm of catchphrases…Wait what do you mean I've used all my time?! No wait don't stop fil-"
_____________
Back to the action as the camera cuts to the ring, we see a crazy obstacle course set up with cones, barricades, and other various objects.
Every member from Team Goddess and Team Rockstar is in the ring to start.
They must run out of the ring through the ropes, and through a series of cones. They then must jolt through a various tires, and then climb a fence on top of the stage area to go to the back hallways of the arena.
Back in the arena they must then sprint to the parking lot where there are a series of basketball hoops and basketballs. The contestants must make 3 three point shots.
The first person to make the 3 three pointers will be safe and can't be chosen by their coach to compete tonight.
______
Broc Lobster: We are back, and we have the final match of the night. It's going to be the elimination match.
Daiquan Andrews: So here's what went down. The coaches from both teams have chosen TWO contestants. The winners are safe, the losers get eliminated. They fightin in a tag team match. HERE WE GO!
The Team Rockstar members celebrate their first win of the show, as they are both safe tonight.
Broc Lobster: WHAT AN INTENSE MATCH!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I thought it'd never end, it was so long. What was that, thirty minutes?
Broc Lobster: I think it was forty five!
Daiquan Andrews: I thought both McClean and The Roach would do better than this. I never expected Steve The Vampire and Janet Shellet to survive this, but they surprised me!
Broc Lobster: Well folks, we're done with our first two episodes. In that, eight people have already been eliminated. Tune in next week to see who the next two will be! Thank you, and good night!
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Two
Wednesday, September 9th, 2020
Taped from Orlando, Florida at Addition Financial Arena
The fireworks go off yet again as the same crowd pops for the start of the second episode tonight, on this special back to back opener.
Broc Lobster: Well long time no see everyone, and welcome to Ground Zero!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo whatchu mean long time no see? We literally just ended the first episode. We aint go nowhere.
Broc Lobster: Yes...that was the- anyway, we just saw our roster cut from 26 to 20 following that first episode. Now, we'll be seeing two more cut as we're looking to end the night with 18 fighters. Team Carnivore won the main event, and therefor they are immune from tonight's elimination. Last episode, Team Rockstar had the first elimination where they lost Sauce Man. It's possible they could lose TWO more contestants, and be down to just four already by the end of this show.
Daiquan Andrews: I think Team Rockstar and Team Goddess are gonna split. It makes more sense that way from a booking perspective.
Broc Lobster: A booking perspective what are you talking about? On second thought, don't answer that. After this commercial break, we'll have our first match of the night. A match between a member of Team Carnivore and Team Goddess. The winner will get some sort of reward, but we don't yet know what it is.
*Commercial Break*
We cut to what seems to be a pre-recorded video package, we’re taken quite a lavishly set up room backstage, with dark mood lighting a giant Ground Zero poster in the background, and in the foreground a humble steel chair currently groaning under the weight of a rather heavyset gentleman, utterly massive. His bulky frame is practically eclipsing the light in the studio. The man himself is dressed in an immaculately pressed three-piece suit, his hair parted neatly to the side and his hands clasped in front of him, his body language calm and at ease, and just a general smug energy.
“Good Evening, Ciao, Ola, Namaste. Sallam.Ndras Tvuy-Tu What a pleasure it for you to meet me.”
A smirk appeared on his face as if to say “That’s right, I just greeted you in six languages, what are you going to about it.
“My name is Charles Newby, but you will come to know me by my rather more colourful sobriquet; “The Scheming Behemoth” Admittedly a crude and sophomoric sounding moniker but I must admit like a chilled bottle of vik millahue it had grown on me.
Leaning back in place we hear soft jolly classic music as we’re taken to B-roll, The Bememoth taking some pictures for the show, delivering poses. Hands behind his back, Chn up, looking down at the camera with disdain
“I am a man of discerning tastes, I’ve consulted with the monks of Tibet about the nature of existence. I’ve studied the great greek philosophies of the past and can recite to you the entire works of William Shakespeare in mandarin Chinese while playing the oboe.
As he spoke we see a montage of the Bememoth walking calmly down the ramp in his all-black wrestling trucks, before standing in the ring
“As you can tell, I’m a rather impressive man, but what I’m most proud of, is a very special form of genius, inside the ring.
...and that’s when the strings start to get heavier as it’s intermixed with footage of the scheming one utterly crushing his foes with bone-cracking slams and stiff strikes, easily picking up his victims and hurling them across the ring like they were made of paper, all with a cool indifferent, all ending with Newy calling for the ref to have the pleasure of raising his hand
“Naturally, I knew it was only a matter of time before FWA came calling, granted, going through this ridiculous charades of a reality tv show. A form of entertainment that only morons enjoy, but I see it as a public service. You see, the gentleman that won, the first Ground Zero, has not merited the time and attention that this project had put into him. I on the other hand, When I’m sat here with the FWA World Heavyweight Title wrapped snug around my waist in time for season two. I will become the prime example of how one succeeds in this contest.
The camera cuts back to SB in the studio lecturing whoever she’s talking to
“...And I assure you, I will win because quite frankly no one else in this contest has anything to challenge me, Compare me to the rest and you’ll see I’m tougher. Stronger and most assuredly smarter. I’m what you would call a perfect gladiator. Imagine what Mike Tyson would have done with the brain of Stephen Hawkings? Wonder no more. Because that’s who “The Scheming Behemoth” is. Genius. Warrior. Winner. And when you interview me yet again this time next year, you might find me weeping. For like Alexander; I shall have no more worlds in which to conquer
His eyes linger on the camera, underlining that final line before someone yells cut, The Scheming Behemoth seems to relax and presses his hand against his temple.
“Now that I have fulfilled my contractual obligations; I have questions of my own, namely will this house have a library? I expect of a private study, of course, a bottle of brandy an-
“Um, with respect;...you need to win first to get entry into the house.
“God, I’m surrounded by idiots.”
_____________
The camera cuts back to the ring.
Four fighters are already in the ring and ready to go for the next match.
It's a tag team match between Team Carnivore and Team Goddess, the two teams who weren't pinned last episode. The winner will get training equipment for their team's training room back at the main Ground Zero base.
Cornelius Aurelius Caesar, Stu Grimes, and "Cool Stepdad" Phil Miller (Team Carnivore) vs Lizzie Rose, Grayce Riley, Joe Burr (Team Goddess)
Broc Lobster: So Team Goddess gets the gym equipment award! That's going to be a big help for them in this competition. Team Carnivore didn't get the win here, but they're still totally immune tonight.
Daiquan Andrews: Speaking of immune, we got another immunity showdown coming up. This one is gonna be a bit crazy, because we doing an obstacle course 'yall. It's every man for themselves to see who can get the immunity on either team and be safe tonight.
*Commercial Break*
A video begins to play on the titantron.
"Do you guys have water? These lights are really hot, and I get really sweaty when I'm nervous I've never been on TV before, I don't want my first impressions to be pit stains. Also sometimes nose bleeds.
The camera eventually starts rolling as we go back to the studio we saw The Scheming Behmeont introduce himself to Ground Zero, only now the hulking frame that had occupied the stool is now filled by..Either one of the producers twelve-year-old daughter whose messing around on the interview set. Or the smallest tiniest wrestler with flaming red hair and pale skin, you've ever seen. She looked like a school girl more than a pro wrestler. Whatever the case may be, she was shifting in the chair uncomfortably swinging her legs clearly not knowing what to do with her self in these unfamiliar circumstances—looking like she doesn't know what to do with herself in this slick, high-end studio. She glances down at the mic clipped to her T-shirt -a vintage Spice Girl shirt- and begins to fidget with it, amused by the booming sound effect to come from it. Gaining confidence, she leans forward until her lips were practically against the mic.
"Hel-"
That was as far as she got before the SCREECH of audio feedback cut through the air like nails on a million chalkboards. Almost instantly stunned by this she screws up her face and presses her hands to her ears and leans back but instinctively over commits loses her balance and falls off the stool with a thud landing off camera. For a moment, all is quiet.
"...You weren't filming that, were you?"
Voice off-screen: "Yeah we were"
"Aw nuts…"
Never fear though-! After a quick cut, the girl is back on her chair, looking more focused on the task at hand.
"Heya; I'm Elizabeth Rose, from Manhattan New York, but my friends call me; "Lizzie."
…
"Well, Friend. I have one friend, and she calls me that, but if I had more then one. I'm sure they'd call me "Lizzie."
The scene cuts quickly to footage of the short girl in action, jumping off the apron, onto an opponent, interacting with people at ringside and dancing and shuffling her feet to her 90' s-riffic entrance music.
"When I got the call that, FWA wanted me for Ground Zero, I was STUNNED...like SHOCKED. So I had to ask; why me? Did they see potential in me? Were they wowed by my matches? Did they see footage of me, and think I'm the next big thing in wrestling? "
Suddenly the music stops with a record scratch.
They said "No, we've never heard of you; We just really want Daphne Shelly and she's refusing to sign the contract without you
The footage eventually cuts to more footage, of the dark and intense Daphne Shelly making a bee line for the ring..backed up by the colourful Lizzie Rose. Daphne launching Lizzie in the air giving her the height for some Lucha inspired move, and a few pics of Lizzie hugging the taller girl tight, while Daphne looks awkward about the whole thing. It's a very heavy Scrappy Doo, hanging out with Scobby vibe.
Voice off-screen: ...And why do you think, Daphne, was so intent on having you involved."
"Oh well, Daphne is great, like honestly, she is! It's me and her against the world. I literally wouldn't be here without her. I owe everything to her...but she's not what you'd call a people person..She hates people. No really, if I wasn't here, she'd probably murder everyone in the house with scissors."
Lizzie says this totally straight. She means it
"Plus, she's going to find it super weird that her mom's there too. Even though Mrs Shelly is super nice...not like my mom...PLEASE DON'T TELL HER I QUIT MY JOB TO WRESTLE. SHE'S GOING TO KILL ME-!
To give Lizzie a beat to calm down, more footage begins to roll, this time show casting the surprising amount of fight in Lizzie. It's basically a highlight reel of Lizzie getting the ever loving crap kicked out of her, yet still getting up
"I know, I might not look tough, and that I'm the smallest person on the show, and everyone else looks SUPER impressive... And I suffer from chronic stress nose bleeds….and I have phobias fear of clowns, and ducks..What was my point again? Oh yeah, I may have all that going for me, but this is my golden shot to live my dream and I'm not going to waste. everyone expects me to be on the first plane out of here, but I've got the key. I got the secret. This is my chance to shock the world, and show I'm more than Daphne's sidekick. Because I'm Lizzie Rose and I…..
….
….
...Really should have come up with a cool closing line. Can I get have another take? I need to brainstorm of catchphrases…Wait what do you mean I've used all my time?! No wait don't stop fil-"
_____________
Back to the action as the camera cuts to the ring, we see a crazy obstacle course set up with cones, barricades, and other various objects.
Every member from Team Goddess and Team Rockstar is in the ring to start.
They must run out of the ring through the ropes, and through a series of cones. They then must jolt through a various tires, and then climb a fence on top of the stage area to go to the back hallways of the arena.
Back in the arena they must then sprint to the parking lot where there are a series of basketball hoops and basketballs. The contestants must make 3 three point shots.
The first person to make the 3 three pointers will be safe and can't be chosen by their coach to compete tonight.
______
Broc Lobster: We are back, and we have the final match of the night. It's going to be the elimination match.
Daiquan Andrews: So here's what went down. The coaches from both teams have chosen TWO contestants. The winners are safe, the losers get eliminated. They fightin in a tag team match. HERE WE GO!
The Team Rockstar members celebrate their first win of the show, as they are both safe tonight.
Broc Lobster: WHAT AN INTENSE MATCH!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I thought it'd never end, it was so long. What was that, thirty minutes?
Broc Lobster: I think it was forty five!
Daiquan Andrews: I thought both McClean and The Roach would do better than this. I never expected Steve The Vampire and Janet Shellet to survive this, but they surprised me!
Broc Lobster: Well folks, we're done with our first two episodes. In that, eight people have already been eliminated. Tune in next week to see who the next two will be! Thank you, and good night!
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Three
Wednesday, September 16th, 2020
Taped from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania at Peterson Events Center
The fireworks go off as the crowd tonight in Pittsburgh, PA goes off for the third episode of Ground Zero. There's roughly 6,000 fans in attendance here in the 12,000 capacity arena, home of the Pitt Panthers basketball team. The crowd is holding up signs in support of various talent on the roster. One sign reads "My heart bleeds for Steve The Techno Vampire" while another sign says "SCHOOL BOY ME NEXT JOE BURR". The hype is real.
Broc Lobster: Welcome to Grooooooound Zero! This is Broc Lobster here, and I'm with my partner Daiquan Andrews. We're ready for another exciting night of Ground Zero action, as we get another step closer to crowning the winner of this show.
Daiquan Andrews: I dunno why we doin that. We all know Steve The Techno Vampire is the winner. Lets just crown it right here, right now. Dude had three pins last week. He was a stud.
Broc Lobster: I'm personally a fan of Chris Peacock. I think Disco's Last Warrior has the makings of a true FWA star, but hey...what do I know about being an FWA star?
Daiquan Andrews: Oh damn, self burn! Those are rare
Broc Lobster: Speaking of stars, here comes the current FWA World Champion, Dave Sullivan!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh not this fool...
Dave Sullivan comes out to a big pop from his hometown crowd. He waves like a President on the campaign trail as he enters the ring with a microphone in his hand.
Dave Sullivan: Hello Pittsburgh! How about them Stillers?
Our commentators talk as Sullivan pauses and the crowd pops for the mention of their local sports team.
Broc Lobster: HELL YEAH!
Daiquan Andrews: Shut you mouth, lobster boy.
Sullivan continues talking.
Dave Sullivan: I told everyone the Giants will be no match. Just like the Denver Broncos will be no match for them this Sunday afternoon. Just like Chris Kennedy will be no match for me at the FWA Anniversary Show. But you know what? This isn't about me. This is about the 18 contestants on the roster tonight, and who is going to be the next star. Tonight, my Pittsburgh loves, you are going to see a special night. Because while normally we see our three teams fighting each other, for most of the show, we're going to see the teams fight in their own squads. It's intersquad night!
All three of Gabrielle, Randy Ramon, and Mike Garcia, have chosen the matches for their stars.
But in the main event, all three teams will finally go at each other. Each coach was directed to pick their weakest and their strongest member. Those two will then represent the team in a three way tag team elimination match.
The person pinned goes home right away. The team pinning them, gets to straight up eliminate someone from an opposite team.
The stakes are high.
Good luck!
Sullivan drops the mic and leaves the ring as the crowd pops.
Broc Lobster: Wow! Did he just say that the winning team gets to send someone from the losing teams home?
Daiquan Andrews: That is some huge stuff right there. They could take out another teams biggest contender!
Broc Lobster: Winning is a must! When we come back, it's a Carnivore Fatal Four Way match!
___________________
*Nicole Valander is at a gym nearby the site of the Peterson Events Center, she is in practical gym gear doing kicks and punches to the punching bag.*
Nicole: 25…….26……..27……..28…….29………..30, whew, that was great.
*Nicole stopped with the punching bag to walk over to her bottle of fruit punch Gatorade when suddenly someone mysteriously pats on her back*
Nicole: Whoever, that was, prepare for an ass kicking courtesy of Nicole Valander.
*Nicole puts her drink down and turns around in a fighting stance only for it to reveal that it was her brother Mike*
Mike: What's up Nicole? Haven't seen in a long while, how's it going?
*Nicole gives Mike a huge big hug*
Nicole: Mike, you're here, I'm glad to see you again.
*Mike takes it easy with the hug before pushing her away from the hug*
Mike: Okay sis, settle down. We just came here to see you before you go to ground zero and get a chance at becoming a regular somewhat on the roster.
Nicole: Wait we? Is he also here?
*The "we" Nicole was referring to was her other brother, Louis Valander who is at the front desk trying to hit on the lady*
Louis: So uh, what's your schedule like?
Front desk lady: None of your damn business, get out of here.
*The front desk lady smacks Louis with a bag before walking off*
Louis: What was that for? What did I do wrong?
*Nicole and Mike are still talking to each other and watching Louis fail at his quest*
Nicole: So it was great having you guys come over and wish me luck.
Mike: Wait, wait, what about the fact that you're professional is Gabs? Nice, what pointers has she told you?
Nicole: Well, she told me a few, to not give up on this competition so and so, and I'm trying to not lose here at all.
Mike: Thatta girl, Nicole. You keep trying and practicing more for that prize, and eventually who knows? We might see you most often on the main show if it happens. How about that?
Nicole: I like that, I would really like that. Thanks.
Mike: No problem sis, you're family you're a Valander, we never quit. We may lose but we're not quitters.
Nicole: Yeah especially, Louis down there, he's still trying to hit on other women.
*It cuts to Louis staring at a window of the yoga room*
Louis: Look at those chicks, soon the Louis would step in and steal their hearts.
Nicole: I better say hi before you guys leave.
*Nicole walks over to the railing and says hi*
Nicole: Hello brother, what's going on?
Louis: Oh hey, not much, just sitting and waiting on Mike to get back downstairs.
Nicole: Ok then, you don't want to go upstairs?
Louis: Nah I'm good, I can't wait, by the way good luck on the show, I know you got it especially with bikini lady as your coach.
Nicole: Yep I got it, see ya later.
*Nicole walks away from the railing and walks to the machines*
Nicole: Thanks, see you guys later, I appreciate your guys thoughts.
Mike: Yeah gotta go too, Louis is iffy and I can't leave him much longer.
*Mike leaves the upstairs gym room and finds Louis and they leave as Nicole keeps on training.*
__________
Broc Lobster: We are back folks, and we're in for a good one. A fatal four way match between the four BIGGEST guys on the roster. Moto Moto, Marcus McClain, Stu Grimes, and and Charles Newry.
Daiquan Andrews: I really like dat Moto Moto guy. He likes em big, he likes em chunky.
Broc Lobster: So nice you say it twice!
Daiquan Andrews: Speak of the devil, here he comes!
[video=youtube;zDnPFxnALBg]
The crowd pops as Moto Moto comes waddling down to the ring with confidence. The girls in the crowd swoon, as Moto Moto does some finger guns at a woman who's a bit big boned in the crowd.
He stomps up the steel steps and into the ring.
He stands up on the turnbuckle and bangs his chest, and then waits in a corner.
[video=youtube;5c1jaxV69JA]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain's song hits as he storms out now with a look of determination.
Broc Lobster: Here comes "Big Mack"! A favorite to win this season of Ground Zero. He certainly has all the tools.
Daiquan Andrews: A favorite from who? This fool aint a favorite in my book. He aint no Steve The Techno Vampire.
The Ex-Con climbs up onto the apron, and goes under the top rope to enter the ring. He stares down his teammate Moto Moto the entire time, as Moto Moto chuckles in a disrespecting way at him.
[video=youtube;XaqvFHuZaJY]
Broc Lobster: Watch out, it's "The Screaming Behemoth" Charles Newry!
Daiquan Andrews: More like the screamin fool.
Charles Newry walks with a egotistical strut down to the ring, smirking at the crowd as the boo him defiantly.
He enters the ring, and stares down both his opponents.
[video=youtube;BStd6il0H0M]
Broc Lobster: Last but not least, it's the time traveling legend Stu Grimes!
Daiquan Andrews: My great grandpappy was always talking bout this fool.
Broc Lobster: By far the oldest contestant at 80 years old, he has a lot to prove here on Ground Zero.
Daiquan Andrews: Now now, technically he's only like...50. Cause of being frozen and all that.
Broc Lobster: I don't know if it works that way.
Daiquan Andrews: OH, are you just an expert on cyrogenical science now, huh Lobster? What are you, Walt Disney?
Grimes makes his way to the ring with a smile as the match begins.
Mike Garcia claps from the side of the ring, as he watches his team ace secure a victory. Although disappointed in the performance of his other three contestants, Garcia sees a lot of potential in all of them.
McClain raises his hands in victory as his theme song plays through the arena.
Broc Lobster: Wow! I never thought I'd see Grimes pinned with a school boy again.
Daiquan Andrews: Man that dude got some really bad balance.
____________
The camera opens in a what seems to be an abandoned ancient town square. A ‘forum’, as the man who greets us would call it according to his culture. The man commonly known as Caesar is wandering around the forum, his back turned to the camera until he slightly rotates his head to meet it.
“Modern technology. Not quite my forte so please excuse any possible illiteracies I might make with your devices.”
After that, Caesar turns back, fully revealing himself in his full glory. He has the iconic civic crown on the top of his head while the purple stripe in his white toga shines gracefully under the sun.
“Civilization. Oxford Dictionary has a specific definition of that word, but given how the people living in the Isle of Britain were one of the most uncivilized folk I’ve ever seen during my conquests, I choose not to trust their definition for it. Instead, I will be explaining it with a definition on my own: Heartbeat of mankind. Civilization is the thing that keeps us from being simple and instinctual animals. It is quite disheartening to see that the peak of the thing we call ‘civilization’ had been reached during my time more than two thousand years ago and mankind was unable to create a bigger civilization than what we had in the glory days of Rome. And by glory days, I fully mean the days where I was graced by the Gods to take the greatest command of her. After that…such a preventable tragedy created by the fools that undeservedly have their names written in history as my killers. Nay, it was ignorance what killed me once and I fully refuse to be killed by it twice.”
Caesar puts one of his hands on a nearby marble column, running his hand over it. He withdraws his hand and stares at it.
“That is simply why I feel the urge to teach you civilization. Why I feel the urge to especially teach it to the barbarians I compete in the competition they call ‘Ground Zero’. I have no guesses on why they call it that but I’ll have you know Rome was founded on high ground by Romulus who named the city after himself after a dispute with his brother Remus who wanted to build the city on a different hill. Two brothers who suckled their milk from the she-wolf Lupa laid down a foundation that would influence the world for centuries.
But the legacy of Rome deserves to live for not just centuries, but eons, as your modern world would call it. This is why Pluto has send me back to this world. Rome has tol ive forever and I am the only man, the greatest Roman in history, to preserve that legacy. And not just preserve it, but expand it as well. The Roman Empire will born from the ashes and I will personally lead the new Empire, my Empire to a glory that had never be seen in human history before.”
The light in Caesar’s eyes grow and grow as he proclaims his ambitions, only to fade away at the end. Caesar lets out a sigh.
“Until then, I will hunt for glory here in Ground Zero, battling with modern gladiators and proving my prowess for the entire world to see. And I will make sure to teach every single of my opponents the meaning of civilization, dignity and glory. Just like I did thousands of years ago. ROMA INVICTA!"
Caesar’s battle cry slightly echoes around the forum as he reaches to his garment, grabbing a long-sword and holding it out in the air. After that glorious display, the camera closes.
________
The camera pans into one of the back locker rooms of the Peterson Events Center. A lone Joe Burr is sitting on a bench staring down at an iPad. He’s in a video call with his mother, Joanne Burr.
Joe: Did you guys watch me? I won a match!
Excited is Joe Burr about his first career win. The first one in his thus far year long professional career. His mother is a lot less excited than her son, a dismal look crosses her face.
Joanne: Joe honey, we saw it and we’re proud of you but…
Her voice trails off. Joe’s toothy grin and bright expression diminishes, he looks concerned.
Joe: What’s up ma?
Joanne: Well that big man nearly crushed you Joe.
Joe: What? No, I pulled him down into a school boy, I hit a wrestling move!
Joanne: Joe, we watched the tape back. That big man tripped on you and he nearly crushed you. He practically threw himself at the ground to avoid killing you honey.
Joe is teary eyed. This wasn’t the first time a member of his family had doubted him and it certainly wouldn’t be the last.
Joe: You just don’t get it! I’m a great wrestler and I just wrestled Stu into the ground. Why can’t you just accept that?
Joanne: We just don’t want you to keep getting hurt Joe, don’t you remember wrestling school? All the broken bones, concussions and muscle tears you had to suffer. For pete’s sake Joe, you started training at 15 and they wouldn’t let you graduate until just last year.
Joe: They were jealous of me! Cause I’m so swift and agile in the ring and I can do a shooting star press!
Joanne: Joe, we both know you can’t flip. You have the grace and agility of a sloth on acid. It’s time to hang up the boots, leave that castle and please come home. We’re all worried about you.
Joe is now balling his eyes out. He heaves and presses the iPad against his forehead. Sniffling as he tries to force out his next sentence.
Joe: I can't, this is my dream and I’m gonna win this whole show and become an FWA superstar. Just you watch!
Before his mother can get another word in, Joe hangs up on her and throws the iPad aside.
Joe: I’ll make you proud momma. You just watch! I’m gonna win Ground Zero and I’m gonna be the best wrestler in FWA. Better than Devin Golden, Dave Sullivan, and even Chris Kennedy.
Joe gets up off of the bench, taking a step toward the camera then trips on a misplaced shoe and falls face first on the hard arena floor, presumably breaking his nose in the process as for whatever reason, the ‘trained’ pro-wrestler does nothing to protect his face when he falls
________
Broc Lobster: Welcome back folks! We have a good match coming up, and it's a showdown between two Team Goddess members.
Daiquan Andrews: I think the Goddess team might be my favorite yo. They got a lot of good looking girls. Lizzie looking pretty damn nice and thicc. Then ya got Grayce Riley comin in with dat spice. And even that girl who got that pin on Stu Grimes last week.
Broc Lobster: You mean Joe Burr?
Daiquan Andrews: Ya Jo Burr. She fine too.
Broc Lobster: Uh...Daiquan, Joe Burr is a male wrestler.
Daiquan Andrews: Wait...but...but the long hair? And the scrawny body? Nah man quit playin.
Broc Lobster: I'm not playing, Daiquan. That's a dude.
Daiquan Andrews: Dude look like a lady. No wonder Gabby drafted him to her all girls team!
Broc Lobster: That's a great point...with Johnathan McClean and Noah Van Der Capellen eliminated, Gabrielle's team is left very...feminine. And speaking of the laddies, here they come now!
[video=youtube;hKtP8GMM7Bg]
Power by Ellie Goulding starts playing, as Nicole Valander comes out with confidence. The crowd pops, as she skips down the ramp with a smile on her face.
She quickly slides into the ring.
Broc Lobster: And here comes the younger sister of FWA stars Mike and Louis Valander.
Daiquan Andrews: I gotta say, the Calander boys are fun to watch in the FWA, but this Nicole might be the most talented yet.
Broc Lobster: You're just saying that because she's pretty.
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah so what?
[video=youtube;ndjDAtzBMz0]
Now Daphne Shelley's theme song plays, as Daphne comes down to the ring in a sprint.
She slides into the ring, and shakes hands with Nicole.
Daiquan Andrews: IF you wanna call it that man. Daphne had the win, but then that cougar Janet Shelley went and costed her the match. That's her own mother!
Broc Lobster: I know! I never expected her own mother to come in and cost it for Daphne, but that's what happened. Meanwhile, Nicole takes advantage and picks up a huge win. Another big stride for the Valander family.
Daphne is furious as she storms out of the arena, meanwhile Nicole celebrates her victory in the ring as her theme music plays.
______________
Meanwhile, backstage, Lizzie Rose and Gabrielle Montgomery are seen together in the locker room.
Gabrielle is giving Lizzie some training tips, and the two continue to talk.
Gabrielle: I picked you to fight for us tonight for a reason. It's because I trust you, Elizabeth. I needed to pick my strongest contestant, and my weakest. So you and Joe Burr are going to be teaming up.
Lizzie's eyes glow with excitement.
Lizzie Rose: Wait! You mean you think I'm more talented than Grayce? But she's so strong.
Gabrielle: Grayce is tough, but she's raw. We need a big win tonight, we can't afford to lose. We're already down to 5 contestants. Garcia has lost none, and Randy Ramon only lost one. We cannot afford to lose.
Lizzie Rose: I won't let you down Gabby!
Gabrielle: Good. Because you need to cover Joe.
Lizzie Rose: I like Joe! I think he's got a lot of talent. Did you see what he did to Stu Grimes?
Gabrielle: He almost got killed is what he did. If he tries that again, he could cost us that match. I'm trusting you Lizzie.
Lizzie Rose: I won't let you down!
Lizzie Rose jumps up and down clapping she's filled with so much excitement.
_______________
Broc Lobster: We're back folks, and it's time for another match. This time, it's Team Rockstar where we get to see a Triple Threat match go down between some of Ramon's best stars.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I'm excited for this one. Particularly excited for Emerson McCoy. I think he has the makings of a star. Here he comes now!
[video=youtube;PsHtLXIAEh0]
"The Renegade" Emerson McCoy comes out from the back with confidence.
He gets a mixed reaction from the crowd but doesn't care as he comes down to the ring.
He jumps up onto the apron, and ducks underneath the ropes.
[video][/video]
The fans go crazy as the lights in the arena go dark, and the disco ball strobe lights come on.
"Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock comes strutting out to the entrance ramp.
He does The Hustle up on the ramp as the fans are going wild.
Peacock then sprints into the ring.
In the middle of the ring he does "The Travolta".
The music stops playing as Peacock gets ready in a corner.
[video][/video]
Now Stay Broken by Drown This City starts playing, as Sean Sue comes into the stadium.
The fans pop as he sprints down into the ring.
His entrance is the quickest, as he stares down his opponents. The gym junkie picks a corner, and gets in it.
Chris Peacock celebrates in the ring as his theme music plays, once again doing "The Travolta" dance.
Emerson McCoy is tipping over the ring steps on the outside in anger that he lost, and Sean Sue is sitting in the corner with his hands over his head.
Broc Lobster: THE DISCO DEVIL DOES IT! He gets the match.
Daiquan Andrews: And with a school boy roll up too! That move sure is getting popular.
___________
As we return from the commercial break, we open in what appears to be a basic interview set up, a plain chair in the middle of the scene, a simple red backdrop with the Ground Zero Season 2 poster hung over it, and a somewhat portly, north-of-middle-aged man. Wearing an ugly brown sweater vest over a white dress shirt and black slacks, he looks more like a backstage producer than the actual backstage producer, currently affixing a mic to the collar of his sweater vest, does. Surely he's not one of the competitors for Ground Zero? No, he must be a guest judge of some kind, or a parent of one of the competitors, or some sort of non-active role. Surely.
"So last night I got an email from Google Earth." The man in the ugly sweater vest began, making idle conversation with the producer.
"Google Earth, huh?" The producer replied absently.
"Yeah." Ugly Sweater Vest Man continued, nodding. "The email said 'At Google Earth, we can read maps backwards.'"
"Oh really."
"And I thought to myself, 'Well, that's just spam.'"
There was a beat of silence. Ugly Sweater Vest Man raised his eyebrows and stared at the producer, smiling. The producer slowly lowered his head, let out a looooong breath, and tried not to cry.
Fade to black. Four words appear on the screen, words that explain so much.
\~ PHIL MILLER ~/
~ 'Cool Stepdad' ~
Cut back to the interview. Ugly Sweater Vest Man - perhaps more well known as 'Phil Miller' and less well known as a 'Cool Stepdad' - now sits alone on the uncomfortable steel chair in the middle of the room, the unnamed backstage producer presumably vanished to a dark corner to rethink the choices in his life that led him to this moment.
"So, why don't you begin by introducing yourself?" A voice from offscreen, presumably a different producer, directed.
Phil Miller chuckled nervously, and waved a pale hand. "Hey. Uh, my name is Phil, Phil Miller. I'm forty-two years old, I'm an accountant from Detroit, Michigan, and I'm going to be the winner of Ground Zero: Season Two." He announced, with the exact amount of misplaced confidence you'd expect from a 42 year old accountant from Detroit.
"What prior experience do you have in a wrestling ring?" The offscreen voice asked.
"Well, I mean, technically none." Phil admitted, scratching the back of his head awkwardly. "But I've, y'know, seen a wrestling ring. It's big, it's square, it has ropes around it. People store furniture underneath it. So you could say I'm pretty familiar with a wrestling ring, y'know?"
A pause. A cough in the distance. "Why is it that you believe FWA accepted you onto the Ground Zero roster, and furthermore, why Michael Garcia drafted you onto his team? What do you have that gives you an advantage over the dozens of other applicants?"
"Heart." Phil replied instantly, tapping a palm against his chest. "A very big heart. Enlarged. Doctor said so. Experience can be taught, talent can be taught, but heart is something you can't teach. And I think having the heart to do whatever it takes to reach your goals is something FWA, and Michael Garcia too, understand, respect, and admire. I think Michael Garcia sees something in me, something that he's relied on to create the hall of fame career he has - and that something is Love."
The pause this time is slightly longer. Has Phil Miller even met Michael Garcia, let alone watched any of his matches? Michael Garcia doesn't have a loving bone in his body. The only 'Love' commonly associated with Michael Garcia might be a 'Love for hurting people.'
"Why did you sign up for Ground Zero?" The offscreen producer asked, perhaps echoing the questions of the viewers watching this portly accountant with zero knowledge of the product smile obliviously.
"For... Well... Look, let's state the obvious," Phil starts, the smile fading into an uneasy frown. "I'm not exactly the first thing you imagine when you think of a wrestler. I'm not ripped, I'm not seven feet tall, I don't have the natural talent when it comes to wrestling. I didn't even grow up watching it. For the past 42 years, I never gave wrestling more than a passing thought. I'm not doing this for me. I'm doing this for my stepson, in an attempt to understand his life and career choices, and to hopefully earn his love and admiration."
Phil Miller suddenly leaps to his feet, in a motion that takes at least two seconds longer than you would assume it does, and thrusts his finger in the air. "So watch out, Ground Zero! Phil Miller's coming for you, and he's got the motivation of a distant stepchild behind him!" He holds the pose awkwardly for several seconds longer than necessary, until mercifully, we fade to black.
__________
The camera cuts away from Cool Stepdad, as Lizzie Rose is seen walking backstage in the walking room.
She's full of glee as she's about to partake in tonight's main event.
The Team Goddess ace is smiling ear to ear as her match is about to start.
When suddenly...
WHACK!
A golf club hits Lizzie right in the left knee cap!
Lizzie hits the ground immeaditly and tears begin to go down her face from both the pain and the sadness.
Lizzie Rose: WHY! WHY!
She screams in tears.
The camera zooms out to show Team Carnivore's Putter Green standing there with a huge smile on his face.
He yells out...
Putter Green: FORE!
As he whacks Lizzie in the knee a second time with the club before throwing it down to the ground.
Lizzie continues to scream and cry, as Green jaunts away proud of what he done.
Security and medics rush to Lizzie's aid as the screen quickly cuts away from the tears going down her face.
________
We return from another commercial to an empty ring and a silent crowd.
Broc Lobster speaks with a solemn voice.
Broc Lobster: So ladies and gentlemen...moments before the break, we witnessed a horrible attack on Team Goddess star Lizzie Rose. She was set to compete in this upcoming match, and now because of that we have a delay. Team Goddess now has to select a replacement for her.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't...I don't even have any words to say man. That attack was just nasty. Absolutely terrible. Man dat girl aint do nothing to deserve that.
Broc Lobster: No, no she didn't. Leave it to Team Carnivore to do something so dirty and despicable.
Daiquan Andrews: Man Garcia probably put that fool up to it.
Broc Lobster: We don't know that for sure. But one thing is certain, Putter Green is a despicable man. We don't know what the status currently is for Lizzie. What we do know is she was rushed to UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, which is thankfully right across the street from the arena. She obviously isn't going to compete tonight, and her status for the remainder of this season of Ground Zero is obviously in jeopardy.
Daiquan Andrews: BUT DA SHOW MUST GO ON!
Broc Lobster: That is correct. We have just gotten word that Grayce Riley Mendoza has been chosen by Gabrielle to replace Lizzie. She and Burr will compete for Team Goddess. If they lose, Team Goddess could potentially be down to just three contestants to open next week's show.
The coaches have chosen their strongest and weakest contestants from their teams.
Let's see how it plays out.
All three teams enter the ring, and are in their respective corners.
Broc Lobster: HE did it! Joe Burr got the win for Team Goddess! What a huge moment for him.
Daiquan Andrews: Even bigger news, Steve The Techno Vampire's storybook journey comes to a disappointing end.
Broc Lobster: Not only does Team Goddess avoid elimination now, but they also get to eliminate one more person from either Team Rockstar or Team Carnivore. Who will they pick?
Daiquan Andrews: Are...are you asking me? Or was that like a rhetorical thing?
Broc Lobster: It was a rhetorical thing.
Daiquan Andrews: Oh. Well you gotta say that then man I was confused.
Broc Lobster: Never the less, we'll find out after this last commercial break!
__________
All three teams are in the ring now, as they all stand behind their coaches.
Gabrielle: Well boys, it looks like my team won.
Mike Garcia and Randy Ramon both look on in disappoint at their teams, as their teams look on in fear that anyone of them could get axed.
Gabrielle: What do you think Joe? You were the hero tonight. He do we get rid of. Randy's big star Chris Peacock? Or Mike's big star Marcus McClain? Hmm...or maybe Caesar.
Suddenly,
Joe speaks.
Joe Burr: No...HIM!
Joe points angrily at Putter Green.
Putter Green looks shocked and offended, giving a "why me" look.
Gabrielle: Ah, I get it. I probably would've took out one of their stronger guys, but I get it. For Lizzie, right?
PUTTER GREEN (Team Carnivore) has been Eliminated.
Our host Dave Sullivan speaks from the entrance ramp as the the credits begin to roll over the screen.
Dave Sullivan: So there we have it folks, Putter Green is our last elimination of the night! And rightfully so after his brutal attack on Lizzie Rose. Perhaps an anti climatic ending for him after his actions...but maybe this isn't the last we've seen of him?
Tune in next week for Episode Four, where we'll have THREE eliminations!
That's all folks.
The crowd cheers as the third episode of Ground Zero comes to an end.
Putter Green is furious, wrecking the entire ring side. Broc Lobster and Daiquan Andrews have long fled the commentary table as Putter Green continues to destroy it, and the screen fades to black.
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Three
Wednesday, September 16th, 2020
Taped from Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania at Peterson Events Center
The fireworks go off as the crowd tonight in Pittsburgh, PA goes off for the third episode of Ground Zero. There's roughly 6,000 fans in attendance here in the 12,000 capacity arena, home of the Pitt Panthers basketball team. The crowd is holding up signs in support of various talent on the roster. One sign reads "My heart bleeds for Steve The Techno Vampire" while another sign says "SCHOOL BOY ME NEXT JOE BURR". The hype is real.
Broc Lobster: Welcome to Grooooooound Zero! This is Broc Lobster here, and I'm with my partner Daiquan Andrews. We're ready for another exciting night of Ground Zero action, as we get another step closer to crowning the winner of this show.
Daiquan Andrews: I dunno why we doin that. We all know Steve The Techno Vampire is the winner. Lets just crown it right here, right now. Dude had three pins last week. He was a stud.
Broc Lobster: I'm personally a fan of Chris Peacock. I think Disco's Last Warrior has the makings of a true FWA star, but hey...what do I know about being an FWA star?
Daiquan Andrews: Oh damn, self burn! Those are rare
Broc Lobster: Speaking of stars, here comes the current FWA World Champion, Dave Sullivan!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh not this fool...
Dave Sullivan comes out to a big pop from his hometown crowd. He waves like a President on the campaign trail as he enters the ring with a microphone in his hand.
Dave Sullivan: Hello Pittsburgh! How about them Stillers?
Our commentators talk as Sullivan pauses and the crowd pops for the mention of their local sports team.
Broc Lobster: HELL YEAH!
Daiquan Andrews: Shut you mouth, lobster boy.
Sullivan continues talking.
Dave Sullivan: I told everyone the Giants will be no match. Just like the Denver Broncos will be no match for them this Sunday afternoon. Just like Chris Kennedy will be no match for me at the FWA Anniversary Show. But you know what? This isn't about me. This is about the 18 contestants on the roster tonight, and who is going to be the next star. Tonight, my Pittsburgh loves, you are going to see a special night. Because while normally we see our three teams fighting each other, for most of the show, we're going to see the teams fight in their own squads. It's intersquad night!
All three of Gabrielle, Randy Ramon, and Mike Garcia, have chosen the matches for their stars.
But in the main event, all three teams will finally go at each other. Each coach was directed to pick their weakest and their strongest member. Those two will then represent the team in a three way tag team elimination match.
The person pinned goes home right away. The team pinning them, gets to straight up eliminate someone from an opposite team.
The stakes are high.
Good luck!
Sullivan drops the mic and leaves the ring as the crowd pops.
Broc Lobster: Wow! Did he just say that the winning team gets to send someone from the losing teams home?
Daiquan Andrews: That is some huge stuff right there. They could take out another teams biggest contender!
Broc Lobster: Winning is a must! When we come back, it's a Carnivore Fatal Four Way match!
___________________
*Nicole Valander is at a gym nearby the site of the Peterson Events Center, she is in practical gym gear doing kicks and punches to the punching bag.*
Nicole: 25…….26……..27……..28…….29………..30, whew, that was great.
*Nicole stopped with the punching bag to walk over to her bottle of fruit punch Gatorade when suddenly someone mysteriously pats on her back*
Nicole: Whoever, that was, prepare for an ass kicking courtesy of Nicole Valander.
*Nicole puts her drink down and turns around in a fighting stance only for it to reveal that it was her brother Mike*
Mike: What's up Nicole? Haven't seen in a long while, how's it going?
*Nicole gives Mike a huge big hug*
Nicole: Mike, you're here, I'm glad to see you again.
*Mike takes it easy with the hug before pushing her away from the hug*
Mike: Okay sis, settle down. We just came here to see you before you go to ground zero and get a chance at becoming a regular somewhat on the roster.
Nicole: Wait we? Is he also here?
*The "we" Nicole was referring to was her other brother, Louis Valander who is at the front desk trying to hit on the lady*
Louis: So uh, what's your schedule like?
Front desk lady: None of your damn business, get out of here.
*The front desk lady smacks Louis with a bag before walking off*
Louis: What was that for? What did I do wrong?
*Nicole and Mike are still talking to each other and watching Louis fail at his quest*
Nicole: So it was great having you guys come over and wish me luck.
Mike: Wait, wait, what about the fact that you're professional is Gabs? Nice, what pointers has she told you?
Nicole: Well, she told me a few, to not give up on this competition so and so, and I'm trying to not lose here at all.
Mike: Thatta girl, Nicole. You keep trying and practicing more for that prize, and eventually who knows? We might see you most often on the main show if it happens. How about that?
Nicole: I like that, I would really like that. Thanks.
Mike: No problem sis, you're family you're a Valander, we never quit. We may lose but we're not quitters.
Nicole: Yeah especially, Louis down there, he's still trying to hit on other women.
*It cuts to Louis staring at a window of the yoga room*
Louis: Look at those chicks, soon the Louis would step in and steal their hearts.
Nicole: I better say hi before you guys leave.
*Nicole walks over to the railing and says hi*
Nicole: Hello brother, what's going on?
Louis: Oh hey, not much, just sitting and waiting on Mike to get back downstairs.
Nicole: Ok then, you don't want to go upstairs?
Louis: Nah I'm good, I can't wait, by the way good luck on the show, I know you got it especially with bikini lady as your coach.
Nicole: Yep I got it, see ya later.
*Nicole walks away from the railing and walks to the machines*
Nicole: Thanks, see you guys later, I appreciate your guys thoughts.
Mike: Yeah gotta go too, Louis is iffy and I can't leave him much longer.
*Mike leaves the upstairs gym room and finds Louis and they leave as Nicole keeps on training.*
__________
Broc Lobster: We are back folks, and we're in for a good one. A fatal four way match between the four BIGGEST guys on the roster. Moto Moto, Marcus McClain, Stu Grimes, and and Charles Newry.
Daiquan Andrews: I really like dat Moto Moto guy. He likes em big, he likes em chunky.
Broc Lobster: So nice you say it twice!
Daiquan Andrews: Speak of the devil, here he comes!
[video=youtube;zDnPFxnALBg]
The crowd pops as Moto Moto comes waddling down to the ring with confidence. The girls in the crowd swoon, as Moto Moto does some finger guns at a woman who's a bit big boned in the crowd.
He stomps up the steel steps and into the ring.
He stands up on the turnbuckle and bangs his chest, and then waits in a corner.
[video=youtube;5c1jaxV69JA]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain's song hits as he storms out now with a look of determination.
Broc Lobster: Here comes "Big Mack"! A favorite to win this season of Ground Zero. He certainly has all the tools.
Daiquan Andrews: A favorite from who? This fool aint a favorite in my book. He aint no Steve The Techno Vampire.
The Ex-Con climbs up onto the apron, and goes under the top rope to enter the ring. He stares down his teammate Moto Moto the entire time, as Moto Moto chuckles in a disrespecting way at him.
[video=youtube;XaqvFHuZaJY]
Broc Lobster: Watch out, it's "The Screaming Behemoth" Charles Newry!
Daiquan Andrews: More like the screamin fool.
Charles Newry walks with a egotistical strut down to the ring, smirking at the crowd as the boo him defiantly.
He enters the ring, and stares down both his opponents.
[video=youtube;BStd6il0H0M]
Broc Lobster: Last but not least, it's the time traveling legend Stu Grimes!
Daiquan Andrews: My great grandpappy was always talking bout this fool.
Broc Lobster: By far the oldest contestant at 80 years old, he has a lot to prove here on Ground Zero.
Daiquan Andrews: Now now, technically he's only like...50. Cause of being frozen and all that.
Broc Lobster: I don't know if it works that way.
Daiquan Andrews: OH, are you just an expert on cyrogenical science now, huh Lobster? What are you, Walt Disney?
Grimes makes his way to the ring with a smile as the match begins.
Mike Garcia claps from the side of the ring, as he watches his team ace secure a victory. Although disappointed in the performance of his other three contestants, Garcia sees a lot of potential in all of them.
McClain raises his hands in victory as his theme song plays through the arena.
Broc Lobster: Wow! I never thought I'd see Grimes pinned with a school boy again.
Daiquan Andrews: Man that dude got some really bad balance.
____________
The camera opens in a what seems to be an abandoned ancient town square. A ‘forum’, as the man who greets us would call it according to his culture. The man commonly known as Caesar is wandering around the forum, his back turned to the camera until he slightly rotates his head to meet it.
“Modern technology. Not quite my forte so please excuse any possible illiteracies I might make with your devices.”
After that, Caesar turns back, fully revealing himself in his full glory. He has the iconic civic crown on the top of his head while the purple stripe in his white toga shines gracefully under the sun.
“Civilization. Oxford Dictionary has a specific definition of that word, but given how the people living in the Isle of Britain were one of the most uncivilized folk I’ve ever seen during my conquests, I choose not to trust their definition for it. Instead, I will be explaining it with a definition on my own: Heartbeat of mankind. Civilization is the thing that keeps us from being simple and instinctual animals. It is quite disheartening to see that the peak of the thing we call ‘civilization’ had been reached during my time more than two thousand years ago and mankind was unable to create a bigger civilization than what we had in the glory days of Rome. And by glory days, I fully mean the days where I was graced by the Gods to take the greatest command of her. After that…such a preventable tragedy created by the fools that undeservedly have their names written in history as my killers. Nay, it was ignorance what killed me once and I fully refuse to be killed by it twice.”
Caesar puts one of his hands on a nearby marble column, running his hand over it. He withdraws his hand and stares at it.
“That is simply why I feel the urge to teach you civilization. Why I feel the urge to especially teach it to the barbarians I compete in the competition they call ‘Ground Zero’. I have no guesses on why they call it that but I’ll have you know Rome was founded on high ground by Romulus who named the city after himself after a dispute with his brother Remus who wanted to build the city on a different hill. Two brothers who suckled their milk from the she-wolf Lupa laid down a foundation that would influence the world for centuries.
But the legacy of Rome deserves to live for not just centuries, but eons, as your modern world would call it. This is why Pluto has send me back to this world. Rome has tol ive forever and I am the only man, the greatest Roman in history, to preserve that legacy. And not just preserve it, but expand it as well. The Roman Empire will born from the ashes and I will personally lead the new Empire, my Empire to a glory that had never be seen in human history before.”
The light in Caesar’s eyes grow and grow as he proclaims his ambitions, only to fade away at the end. Caesar lets out a sigh.
“Until then, I will hunt for glory here in Ground Zero, battling with modern gladiators and proving my prowess for the entire world to see. And I will make sure to teach every single of my opponents the meaning of civilization, dignity and glory. Just like I did thousands of years ago. ROMA INVICTA!"
Caesar’s battle cry slightly echoes around the forum as he reaches to his garment, grabbing a long-sword and holding it out in the air. After that glorious display, the camera closes.
________
The camera pans into one of the back locker rooms of the Peterson Events Center. A lone Joe Burr is sitting on a bench staring down at an iPad. He’s in a video call with his mother, Joanne Burr.
Joe: Did you guys watch me? I won a match!
Excited is Joe Burr about his first career win. The first one in his thus far year long professional career. His mother is a lot less excited than her son, a dismal look crosses her face.
Joanne: Joe honey, we saw it and we’re proud of you but…
Her voice trails off. Joe’s toothy grin and bright expression diminishes, he looks concerned.
Joe: What’s up ma?
Joanne: Well that big man nearly crushed you Joe.
Joe: What? No, I pulled him down into a school boy, I hit a wrestling move!
Joanne: Joe, we watched the tape back. That big man tripped on you and he nearly crushed you. He practically threw himself at the ground to avoid killing you honey.
Joe is teary eyed. This wasn’t the first time a member of his family had doubted him and it certainly wouldn’t be the last.
Joe: You just don’t get it! I’m a great wrestler and I just wrestled Stu into the ground. Why can’t you just accept that?
Joanne: We just don’t want you to keep getting hurt Joe, don’t you remember wrestling school? All the broken bones, concussions and muscle tears you had to suffer. For pete’s sake Joe, you started training at 15 and they wouldn’t let you graduate until just last year.
Joe: They were jealous of me! Cause I’m so swift and agile in the ring and I can do a shooting star press!
Joanne: Joe, we both know you can’t flip. You have the grace and agility of a sloth on acid. It’s time to hang up the boots, leave that castle and please come home. We’re all worried about you.
Joe is now balling his eyes out. He heaves and presses the iPad against his forehead. Sniffling as he tries to force out his next sentence.
Joe: I can't, this is my dream and I’m gonna win this whole show and become an FWA superstar. Just you watch!
Before his mother can get another word in, Joe hangs up on her and throws the iPad aside.
Joe: I’ll make you proud momma. You just watch! I’m gonna win Ground Zero and I’m gonna be the best wrestler in FWA. Better than Devin Golden, Dave Sullivan, and even Chris Kennedy.
Joe gets up off of the bench, taking a step toward the camera then trips on a misplaced shoe and falls face first on the hard arena floor, presumably breaking his nose in the process as for whatever reason, the ‘trained’ pro-wrestler does nothing to protect his face when he falls
________
Broc Lobster: Welcome back folks! We have a good match coming up, and it's a showdown between two Team Goddess members.
Daiquan Andrews: I think the Goddess team might be my favorite yo. They got a lot of good looking girls. Lizzie looking pretty damn nice and thicc. Then ya got Grayce Riley comin in with dat spice. And even that girl who got that pin on Stu Grimes last week.
Broc Lobster: You mean Joe Burr?
Daiquan Andrews: Ya Jo Burr. She fine too.
Broc Lobster: Uh...Daiquan, Joe Burr is a male wrestler.
Daiquan Andrews: Wait...but...but the long hair? And the scrawny body? Nah man quit playin.
Broc Lobster: I'm not playing, Daiquan. That's a dude.
Daiquan Andrews: Dude look like a lady. No wonder Gabby drafted him to her all girls team!
Broc Lobster: That's a great point...with Johnathan McClean and Noah Van Der Capellen eliminated, Gabrielle's team is left very...feminine. And speaking of the laddies, here they come now!
[video=youtube;hKtP8GMM7Bg]
Power by Ellie Goulding starts playing, as Nicole Valander comes out with confidence. The crowd pops, as she skips down the ramp with a smile on her face.
She quickly slides into the ring.
Broc Lobster: And here comes the younger sister of FWA stars Mike and Louis Valander.
Daiquan Andrews: I gotta say, the Calander boys are fun to watch in the FWA, but this Nicole might be the most talented yet.
Broc Lobster: You're just saying that because she's pretty.
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah so what?
[video=youtube;ndjDAtzBMz0]
Now Daphne Shelley's theme song plays, as Daphne comes down to the ring in a sprint.
She slides into the ring, and shakes hands with Nicole.
Broc Lobster: She does it! Nicole Valander gets the win!
Daiquan Andrews: IF you wanna call it that man. Daphne had the win, but then that cougar Janet Shelley went and costed her the match. That's her own mother!
Broc Lobster: I know! I never expected her own mother to come in and cost it for Daphne, but that's what happened. Meanwhile, Nicole takes advantage and picks up a huge win. Another big stride for the Valander family.
Daphne is furious as she storms out of the arena, meanwhile Nicole celebrates her victory in the ring as her theme music plays.
______________
Meanwhile, backstage, Lizzie Rose and Gabrielle Montgomery are seen together in the locker room.
Gabrielle is giving Lizzie some training tips, and the two continue to talk.
Gabrielle: I picked you to fight for us tonight for a reason. It's because I trust you, Elizabeth. I needed to pick my strongest contestant, and my weakest. So you and Joe Burr are going to be teaming up.
Lizzie's eyes glow with excitement.
Lizzie Rose: Wait! You mean you think I'm more talented than Grayce? But she's so strong.
Gabrielle: Grayce is tough, but she's raw. We need a big win tonight, we can't afford to lose. We're already down to 5 contestants. Garcia has lost none, and Randy Ramon only lost one. We cannot afford to lose.
Lizzie Rose: I won't let you down Gabby!
Gabrielle: Good. Because you need to cover Joe.
Lizzie Rose: I like Joe! I think he's got a lot of talent. Did you see what he did to Stu Grimes?
Gabrielle: He almost got killed is what he did. If he tries that again, he could cost us that match. I'm trusting you Lizzie.
Lizzie Rose: I won't let you down!
Lizzie Rose jumps up and down clapping she's filled with so much excitement.
_______________
Broc Lobster: We're back folks, and it's time for another match. This time, it's Team Rockstar where we get to see a Triple Threat match go down between some of Ramon's best stars.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I'm excited for this one. Particularly excited for Emerson McCoy. I think he has the makings of a star. Here he comes now!
[video=youtube;PsHtLXIAEh0]
"The Renegade" Emerson McCoy comes out from the back with confidence.
He gets a mixed reaction from the crowd but doesn't care as he comes down to the ring.
He jumps up onto the apron, and ducks underneath the ropes.
[video][/video]
The fans go crazy as the lights in the arena go dark, and the disco ball strobe lights come on.
"Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock comes strutting out to the entrance ramp.
He does The Hustle up on the ramp as the fans are going wild.
Peacock then sprints into the ring.
In the middle of the ring he does "The Travolta".
The music stops playing as Peacock gets ready in a corner.
[video][/video]
Now Stay Broken by Drown This City starts playing, as Sean Sue comes into the stadium.
The fans pop as he sprints down into the ring.
His entrance is the quickest, as he stares down his opponents. The gym junkie picks a corner, and gets in it.
Chris Peacock celebrates in the ring as his theme music plays, once again doing "The Travolta" dance.
Emerson McCoy is tipping over the ring steps on the outside in anger that he lost, and Sean Sue is sitting in the corner with his hands over his head.
Broc Lobster: THE DISCO DEVIL DOES IT! He gets the match.
Daiquan Andrews: And with a school boy roll up too! That move sure is getting popular.
___________
As we return from the commercial break, we open in what appears to be a basic interview set up, a plain chair in the middle of the scene, a simple red backdrop with the Ground Zero Season 2 poster hung over it, and a somewhat portly, north-of-middle-aged man. Wearing an ugly brown sweater vest over a white dress shirt and black slacks, he looks more like a backstage producer than the actual backstage producer, currently affixing a mic to the collar of his sweater vest, does. Surely he's not one of the competitors for Ground Zero? No, he must be a guest judge of some kind, or a parent of one of the competitors, or some sort of non-active role. Surely.
"So last night I got an email from Google Earth." The man in the ugly sweater vest began, making idle conversation with the producer.
"Google Earth, huh?" The producer replied absently.
"Yeah." Ugly Sweater Vest Man continued, nodding. "The email said 'At Google Earth, we can read maps backwards.'"
"Oh really."
"And I thought to myself, 'Well, that's just spam.'"
There was a beat of silence. Ugly Sweater Vest Man raised his eyebrows and stared at the producer, smiling. The producer slowly lowered his head, let out a looooong breath, and tried not to cry.
Fade to black. Four words appear on the screen, words that explain so much.
\~ PHIL MILLER ~/
~ 'Cool Stepdad' ~
Cut back to the interview. Ugly Sweater Vest Man - perhaps more well known as 'Phil Miller' and less well known as a 'Cool Stepdad' - now sits alone on the uncomfortable steel chair in the middle of the room, the unnamed backstage producer presumably vanished to a dark corner to rethink the choices in his life that led him to this moment.
"So, why don't you begin by introducing yourself?" A voice from offscreen, presumably a different producer, directed.
Phil Miller chuckled nervously, and waved a pale hand. "Hey. Uh, my name is Phil, Phil Miller. I'm forty-two years old, I'm an accountant from Detroit, Michigan, and I'm going to be the winner of Ground Zero: Season Two." He announced, with the exact amount of misplaced confidence you'd expect from a 42 year old accountant from Detroit.
"What prior experience do you have in a wrestling ring?" The offscreen voice asked.
"Well, I mean, technically none." Phil admitted, scratching the back of his head awkwardly. "But I've, y'know, seen a wrestling ring. It's big, it's square, it has ropes around it. People store furniture underneath it. So you could say I'm pretty familiar with a wrestling ring, y'know?"
A pause. A cough in the distance. "Why is it that you believe FWA accepted you onto the Ground Zero roster, and furthermore, why Michael Garcia drafted you onto his team? What do you have that gives you an advantage over the dozens of other applicants?"
"Heart." Phil replied instantly, tapping a palm against his chest. "A very big heart. Enlarged. Doctor said so. Experience can be taught, talent can be taught, but heart is something you can't teach. And I think having the heart to do whatever it takes to reach your goals is something FWA, and Michael Garcia too, understand, respect, and admire. I think Michael Garcia sees something in me, something that he's relied on to create the hall of fame career he has - and that something is Love."
The pause this time is slightly longer. Has Phil Miller even met Michael Garcia, let alone watched any of his matches? Michael Garcia doesn't have a loving bone in his body. The only 'Love' commonly associated with Michael Garcia might be a 'Love for hurting people.'
"Why did you sign up for Ground Zero?" The offscreen producer asked, perhaps echoing the questions of the viewers watching this portly accountant with zero knowledge of the product smile obliviously.
"For... Well... Look, let's state the obvious," Phil starts, the smile fading into an uneasy frown. "I'm not exactly the first thing you imagine when you think of a wrestler. I'm not ripped, I'm not seven feet tall, I don't have the natural talent when it comes to wrestling. I didn't even grow up watching it. For the past 42 years, I never gave wrestling more than a passing thought. I'm not doing this for me. I'm doing this for my stepson, in an attempt to understand his life and career choices, and to hopefully earn his love and admiration."
Phil Miller suddenly leaps to his feet, in a motion that takes at least two seconds longer than you would assume it does, and thrusts his finger in the air. "So watch out, Ground Zero! Phil Miller's coming for you, and he's got the motivation of a distant stepchild behind him!" He holds the pose awkwardly for several seconds longer than necessary, until mercifully, we fade to black.
__________
The camera cuts away from Cool Stepdad, as Lizzie Rose is seen walking backstage in the walking room.
She's full of glee as she's about to partake in tonight's main event.
The Team Goddess ace is smiling ear to ear as her match is about to start.
When suddenly...
WHACK!
A golf club hits Lizzie right in the left knee cap!
Lizzie hits the ground immeaditly and tears begin to go down her face from both the pain and the sadness.
Lizzie Rose: WHY! WHY!
She screams in tears.
The camera zooms out to show Team Carnivore's Putter Green standing there with a huge smile on his face.
He yells out...
Putter Green: FORE!
As he whacks Lizzie in the knee a second time with the club before throwing it down to the ground.
Lizzie continues to scream and cry, as Green jaunts away proud of what he done.
Security and medics rush to Lizzie's aid as the screen quickly cuts away from the tears going down her face.
________
We return from another commercial to an empty ring and a silent crowd.
Broc Lobster speaks with a solemn voice.
Broc Lobster: So ladies and gentlemen...moments before the break, we witnessed a horrible attack on Team Goddess star Lizzie Rose. She was set to compete in this upcoming match, and now because of that we have a delay. Team Goddess now has to select a replacement for her.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't...I don't even have any words to say man. That attack was just nasty. Absolutely terrible. Man dat girl aint do nothing to deserve that.
Broc Lobster: No, no she didn't. Leave it to Team Carnivore to do something so dirty and despicable.
Daiquan Andrews: Man Garcia probably put that fool up to it.
Broc Lobster: We don't know that for sure. But one thing is certain, Putter Green is a despicable man. We don't know what the status currently is for Lizzie. What we do know is she was rushed to UPMC Presbyterian Hospital, which is thankfully right across the street from the arena. She obviously isn't going to compete tonight, and her status for the remainder of this season of Ground Zero is obviously in jeopardy.
Daiquan Andrews: BUT DA SHOW MUST GO ON!
Broc Lobster: That is correct. We have just gotten word that Grayce Riley Mendoza has been chosen by Gabrielle to replace Lizzie. She and Burr will compete for Team Goddess. If they lose, Team Goddess could potentially be down to just three contestants to open next week's show.
The coaches have chosen their strongest and weakest contestants from their teams.
Let's see how it plays out.
All three teams enter the ring, and are in their respective corners.
Broc Lobster: HE did it! Joe Burr got the win for Team Goddess! What a huge moment for him.
Daiquan Andrews: Even bigger news, Steve The Techno Vampire's storybook journey comes to a disappointing end.
Broc Lobster: Not only does Team Goddess avoid elimination now, but they also get to eliminate one more person from either Team Rockstar or Team Carnivore. Who will they pick?
Daiquan Andrews: Are...are you asking me? Or was that like a rhetorical thing?
Broc Lobster: It was a rhetorical thing.
Daiquan Andrews: Oh. Well you gotta say that then man I was confused.
Broc Lobster: Never the less, we'll find out after this last commercial break!
__________
All three teams are in the ring now, as they all stand behind their coaches.
Gabrielle: Well boys, it looks like my team won.
Mike Garcia and Randy Ramon both look on in disappoint at their teams, as their teams look on in fear that anyone of them could get axed.
Gabrielle: What do you think Joe? You were the hero tonight. He do we get rid of. Randy's big star Chris Peacock? Or Mike's big star Marcus McClain? Hmm...or maybe Caesar.
Suddenly,
Joe speaks.
Joe Burr: No...HIM!
Joe points angrily at Putter Green.
Putter Green looks shocked and offended, giving a "why me" look.
Gabrielle: Ah, I get it. I probably would've took out one of their stronger guys, but I get it. For Lizzie, right?
PUTTER GREEN (Team Carnivore) has been Eliminated.
Our host Dave Sullivan speaks from the entrance ramp as the the credits begin to roll over the screen.
Dave Sullivan: So there we have it folks, Putter Green is our last elimination of the night! And rightfully so after his brutal attack on Lizzie Rose. Perhaps an anti climatic ending for him after his actions...but maybe this isn't the last we've seen of him?
Tune in next week for Episode Four, where we'll have THREE eliminations!
That's all folks.
The crowd cheers as the third episode of Ground Zero comes to an end.
Putter Green is furious, wrecking the entire ring side. Broc Lobster and Daiquan Andrews have long fled the commentary table as Putter Green continues to destroy it, and the screen fades to black.
The camera cuts to the back to footage taken a few hours before the show, in what looks like some kind of medical area of the house where we see Lizzie Rose. Sat on a bed, her feet swinging nervously clad in a “Team Gabby” shirt and of course, her knee has an ice pack taped to it, in a vain attempt to keep down the massive amount of swelling caused by getting clobbered by a golf club as a doctor looks over the damage.
“I’m sorry Lizzie, but I can’t clear you to wrestle tonight and if I can’t clear you..I’m sorry you’re going to have to pack your ba-”
Lizzie Rose: [video=youtube_share;6Dzp3-JY3qI]
00.3-00.5
Jesus. The doctor actually takes a step back really freaking alarmed by the abruptly shrill and distressed high pitched scream that could shatter light bulbs from Lizzie Rose.
Doctor: “....”
Lizzie Rose: “....I think I might have underestimated the volume of my voice there. Sorry…
Awkward beat of silence
Lizzie Rose: “Mr Doctor man! You can’t kick me out! Please! Please! Please! This is all I ever wanted! It’s my dream! I was going to move my family out of the ghetto. I told nana Rose I’d win! Nana Rose is watching right now. You can’t make me look like a liar in front of nana!”
Doctor: Look, there’s nothing I can do about clearing, But if you can prove that your knee is healing then maybe I won’t recommend you going home, but I gotta be honest even then it’s-
Even before the doctor finishes the statement, Lizzie had jumped down off the bed, sticking the landing, putting all the weight on that busted knee in a brazen show of how sturdy it is….Or at least that was the idea, instead Lizzie’s knee instantly buckles and we hear her involuntary whimper in pain. We heard it. She heard it. The doctor surely heard it, but Lizzie tries it off, coldly causally playing off the moment, clearly biting her lip trying to stifle her pain.
Lizzie Rose: “Oh-! Which knee is shattered? I honestly forgot.. I’m just going to go..ow...work ..ow...ow...out...ow..in the ring...ow...ow...ow...ow...
She clearly limps out the door, trying to cry out in pain too loudly.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Four
Wednesday, September 23rd, 2020
Taped from Dublin, Ireland at Sullivan Manor
The camera spans in to show the make shift High School gym sized arena beneath the depth's of Sullivan Manor in Dublin, Ireland. There are only about 100 fans in attendance tonight for this exclusive event.
The ring is set up as normal in the smaller arena, and the commentators table is set up as well.
Broc Lobster: Welcome all to a one time exclusive event, where we're airing from Sullivan Castle!
Daiquan Andrews: Damn man this place is spooky. I swear the pictures of Sullivan on the walls...their eyes follow yo ass when you walk past em. And don't even try to find the bathroom. Man I got lost.
Broc Lobster: You got lost going to the bathroom?
Daiquan Andrews: This place is a maze man. A huge creepy maze.
Broc Lobster: Anyway...we've got a huge episode tonight. THREE eliminations. It looks like Lizzie Rose, due to the injury last week, is going to be eliminated here at the beginning of the show. Then we're going to see a second elimination pair of eliminations tonight. And here comes Sullivan now!
Dave Sullivan comes out to the ring with a smile and a wave to the crowd. He has a microphone in his hand. The coaches soon follow him, and stand outside the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Welcome to my home! Mi casa, su Casa! Except you Gabby...keep your fingers off my stuff.
Anyway, Gabby...speaking of you, I've got some bad news.
Lizzie Rose was not cleared to compete. Therefor, she is eliminated from the show.
The small crowd boos in disappointment.
Suddenly, Lizzie Rose limps out to the ring!
Lizzie Rose: NO! I am here! I can compete.
Her leg is completely taped up.
Dave Sullivan: Lizzie...it's clear, you can't. I am sorry, but we-
Lizzie Rose: I am NOT going home. Let me prove it...
Dave Sullivan: Fine. You know what, we're going to have a match. A triple threat match. Coaches, you pick your weakest contestant. Whoever gets the pin stays. The other two, go home.
Broc Lobster: What! This is huge! Lizzie Rose is going to compete.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know how dat girl plans on doing it. She can barely walk!
Broc Lobster: But dammit she has grit!
_______
Broc Lobster: I can't believe it! Lizzie did it! She beat Sean Sue and Moto Moto!
Daiquan Andrews: Man this is crazy. That girl wasn't even supposed to compete tonight. How she do that?
Broc Lobster: I don't know but this girl has grit. She went from being an ace on Team Goddess, to now an underdog. Can she win this competition in spite of this devasating knee injury? So far, she's proving she has a chance.
Lizzie continues to celebrate in the ring with the rest of Team Goddess as we cut to a commercial break.
___________
When we return from the commercial break, we see Daphne Shelley in the middle of the ring with a microphone, and she looks furious.
The crowd cheers her name as she stands firm in the ring.
Daphne Shelley: Last week, my mother costed me a win against Nicole Valander. She costed me a chance to get ahead on this show, and make a career for myself. Wearing my jeans? Okay. Snooping through my room? Sure.
But when you interfere with my career, you are betraying everything about our relationship.
I want to know one thing...why.
You come out here, and tell me why.
Why you had to cost me my match first of all.
And second, why you had to come here in the first place. You aren't a wrestler. You didn't put any of the training I did to get onto this show. Yet here you are.
So explain to me, mother dearest, why you had to follow me here.
Because it might be the last conversation we have as a family...
Daphne waits patiently in the ring.
It seems like nothing is going to happen when suddenly...
Janet's theme song hits, as she comes out to the entrance ramp with a microphone in her hand.
Janet Shelley: You have always been an entitled little brat, haven't you? It's always been about you! I gave you everything. I fed you, I clothed you, I bathed you. I bought you a car, I paid for your cellphone.
And yet, you aren't grateful.
You want to "Make a name for yourself" and go on and be a big dangerous wrestler?
Daphne, you don't realize it, but you need me.
You think you're a grown up, but you're not.
I see the same little girl who's diapers I changed.
The little girl who wet herself on the playground and needed mommy to come and clean her up. That's what I see you as, and that's what I always will see you as. You aren't an adult. And you certainly aren't going to be some professional wrestler. I came here, to make sure of it. To make you avoid that mistake. Because I'm your mommy, and I care about you Daphne. Some day you're going to realize that, and you're going to thank me.
Daphne has heard enough.
She interrupts her mother.
Daphne Shelley: You are a monster.
Don't feed me that bullshit about this being about me.
This is about YOU.
You can't handle that I am going to be more successful than you. You're so vain, so shallow.
I am not doing this anymore...
You're going to fight me...tonight.
You're going to get what's coming to you...
Janet Shelley: I am not fighting my own Daughter.
Daphne Shelley: You won't have a choice. You're going to fight me, or I'm going to make you fight me...
Janet Shelley: Fine.
So bet it.
But you did this to yourself.
We're going to fight.
And if I win, you go home. Where you belong.
Daphne Shelley: That sounds good to me, because if I win, you go home!
Daphne drops the mic. As she stares her mother down in the ring.
Broc Lobster: Holy shit! We're getting a huge main event tonight! Mother vs Daughter. Loser goes home!
______
Broc Lobster: What? We aren't getting a finish?
Daiquan Andrews: Man this is some BULL. A match containing possibly the three best dudes on the roster. I wanted to see who would win!
Broc Lobster: I guess it's too early for us to see that kind of separation. It looked like McClain would, but who knows. All three of these guys are so talented! And guess what, I have just been told that after that break we'll be getting an interview from McClain himself!
_____________
“Big Mack” Marcus McClain stands in front of a backdrop with the Ground Zero logo plastered on it in the center.
Marcus McClain: You know, ever since my first appearance on Ground Zero, people have been wanting to hear from me.
They want to know my story, want to know why I’m here. First of all it’s really simple why I’m here, because I want to be an FWA star.
Now, I know that will not come easy, hell nothing in life ever does, I know that from experience.
Marcus pauses briefly and thinks for a second before continuing.
Marcus McClain: That won’t stop me though, it never has.
No matter what obstacles life has thrown my way, I manage to get through it.
There was a time in my life where I thought that I may never be able to get through though, but I persevered and now I stand here before the world today.
I know how much some of these competitors want this opportunity, how hungry they really are, but I also know how much I want this and how much I need this...
This is my second chance to find my purpose in life, and I won’t let it be taken away from me again…
With that, McClain walks off and the interview is over.
______
Broc Lobster: What an intense match! The fairy tale run for Joe Burr finally comes to a halt, as Grimes drags Burr out of the clouds and crashing down to reality.
Daiquan Andrews: What a shame man. I hope Burr bounces back, but I'm afraid he had his run of momentum in this thing.
________
Sullivan Manor...a magnificent, splendorous architectural marvel nestled in the rolling green hills of Ireland. Renovated with modern comforts, but retaining its Old World charm, it's not hard to see why FWA World Champion and Ground Zero host Dave Sullivan chose this as his new residence.
However, like most medieval fortifications, there's more to this castle than meets the eye.
Deep in the bowels of the castle are dark, damp cellars and dungeons that have been left unattended, presumably either because Sullivan hasn't gotten around to it or has no interest in it.
But Konchu Hao? That's a different story.
We find our masked malevolent would-be overlord sitting cross-legged in one such cellar, with candles and burning incense all around him as he himself is dead center in the middle of a ring of crystalline gemstones. He is chanting something in an incomprehensible language, but stops in the middle of his incantation to look directly into the camera.
"Kehahaha! It seems that I've been followed. A minor inconvenience. It's not as if there's anything you can do to halt what I am doing. Mr. Sullivan is a very ferocious warrior and he has excellent taste in domiciles, but even HE is unaware of the true power that dwells within his walls.
"This castle is an old relic, and within its stones dwells the restless and vengeful spirits of a hundred mighty Gaelic warriors. Once I've completed this seance and communed with these spirits, I will obtain even greater power than I had before! Their wrath will spur my own, and grant me the strength I need to OBLITERATE my opposition on my way to obtaining the contract for Season the Second of Ground Zero!
"This is what separates me from the rank and file neophytes of Ground Zero, you know. Certainly, in terms of raw physical strength, agility, and technique, even I will admit that my opponents are my equals in these regards. But unlike those jelly-brained nincompoops, I am a master of the dark arts of magic and science! I have communed with specters and studied the formulas of the world's most potent alchemists. What's a man's physical strength verses the militant might of an army of angry Irish ghosts?! Do you even know just how powerful the cold grasp of an Irish ghost is? Has your feeble mind even grasped that a ghost grasp is a superior grasp to just about any grasp...well, not counting the grasp of an elderly Romani mystic who's spent a bit too much time imbibing on natural hallucinogens. I tell you, there's quite a few of my peers who could improve their grappling game by spending a summer with Bachano when he's had his special mushrooms..."
Konchu kind of rambles for a bit about vice-like grips, mushrooms, and old hermits before shaking his head to get back on track.
"Regardless! I will admit that this seance isn't entirely necessary. Randall Ramon has already admitted to the world that he sees me as the strongest member of his team, proving that he is a man of wisdom and superior intellect. Clearly, Randall has recognized that, while I might not have been his first pick? I am definitely the key to his success. Not that the feeling's mutual, mind you. While I appreciate his confidence, even if I didn't have it? I'd still be the one to beat in Ground Zero. They call me 'Mad.' 'MAD!' Is it madness to dive into the middle of a frigid lake on the hunch that some long-forgotten scrolls are buried in a chest on the lake bed wearing nothing but a loincloth? Is it MADNESS to drink a concoction of poisons and venom brewed from a shaman in the Amazon rainforest in order to have a conversation in the afterlife with Karl Marx? It's only madness because the world is full of cowards unwilling to accept that hypothermia and being poisoned is a small price to pay to learn EVERYTHING this world has to offer! Knowledge IS power. A power none of my adversaries have the ability or drive to grasp. So just stand there and watch...bear witness to the power of an ancient glory! KEHAHAHA!"
Konchu's cackles echo for a bit before returning to the same eldritch chanting. And to our surprise, the gemstones surrounding Konchu begin to shake a bit...or do they? Are our eyes playing tricks on us? Is the Mad Wizard about to summon...
"Jubakara! JUBAKARA!"
Konchu's trance is interrupted by a series of incoherence babbles coming off screen. Even through the mask, you can see Konchu's right eye twitch in irritation as he turns towards the babbling.
"EPSILON! What did I tell you about interrupting me in the middle of important rituals?!"
The babbling continues as Konchu listens. Despite the voice making no coherent sense, Konchu seems more than capable of understanding this "Epsilon."
"No, I don't care about what shiny rocks you found out on the castle grounds. You shouldn't even be out wandering around in the first place. I'm allowed to be here due to the Ground Zero partnership. You are not, and the only reason you're here is because I..."
More babbling from Epsilon...but this time? Konchu's annoyed expression changes to one of shock.
"Wait...say that again?"
Epsilon repeats his sentence, albeit a bit slower. Koncho's expression immediately shifts to one of rampant curiosity.
"You're certain that you saw the symbol? You are 100% certain of that?!"
Epsilon grunts in affirmation as Koncho scratches his chin.
"Is he aware that it's here? Did Sullivan know about that when he procured this estate? That...that is incredible. But I cannot...I have to be certain. Epsilon! Can you lead me to those rocks?"
Epsilon once again grunts off-screen as if to say "Yes." Konchu immediately stands up and starts snuffing out the candles and smothering the incense braziers as he says:
"Well, it would appear a demonstration of my power will have to wait for another day. Urgent matters have come to my attention, and I must investigate. However! Make no mistake about it...this season of Ground Zero belongs to the Master of the Dark Arts, the leader of the Army of the Night...Konchu Hao! So, to any and all who would stand in my way, consider this! You can either submit to your new master now and join my righteous crusade towards the complete and utter domination of this pathetic world...or end up just another victim to my devious machinations! So whether it's Michael Garcia's or Gabrielle Montgomery's teams of lesser mortals or even my own teammates, I will not be denied what is rightfully mine! Soon, I will raise an army of minions and sweep across the world like some kind of random arthropod swarm until the world is blackened by the shadow of my GENIUS! Bow down! Submit to your new overlord! And bear witness to the dark mystical arts of the one...the only...KONCHU HAO! KEHAHAHA!!!
''...Epsilon, this had better be what you said it was. I swear to all Fourteen Aspects that if this is just another dead squirrel..."
Konchu continues to mutter and ramble as he exits the cellar, leaving behind his divination tools...
__________
Broc Lobster: The talented Nicole Valander gets the pin for Team Goddess!
Daiquan Andrews: Riley looked good here too. Team Goddess really has a talented crop of female talent. Meanwhile, Team Carnivore takes the loss. And if you asked me who it would be that got pinned, I'd tell ya Cool Stepdad. But it was Newry who costed his team.
Broc Lobster: That might have dire implications as this thing tightens up.
______________
Broc Lobster: Welcome back from the break! We have a big match tonight. A showdown between Team Carnivore and Team Rockstar. Caesar vs Emerson McCoy. Throughout the week the fans voted in what the match stipulation would be.
Daiquan Andrews: And it looked for a moment like it was going to be a tables match, but then Falls Count Anywhere got in there. It ended up being a tie when it was all said and done, wasn't it Broc. And who did host Dave Sullivan ask to break the tie breaker?
Broc Lobster: ME!
Daiquan Andrews: So tell us Broc, what is the match going to be.
Broc Lobster: We are in Dave Sullivan's CASTLE. I had no choice...it had to be a Falls Count Anywhere Match.
Daiquan Andrews: Awwwww SHUCKY DUCKY QUACK QUACK. This gonna be good.
Broc Lobster: WOW! Caesar gets the big win. What a destructive match. Caesar proves here though that he might be the man to beat on the roster. And McCoy takes a bit of a hit with the loss.
Daiquan Andrews: Dave Sullivan cannot be happy about all that damage to his home...but...oh well! God knows he got the money.
______________
The camera can be seen backstage sneaking up to a castle room of host Dave Sullivan. The camera man doesn't let Sullivan know he's there, as executive producer Forbes Rooney is in there with him.
Muffled arguing can be heard from outside the cracked door, as the camera man gets closer the audio becomes more clear.
Forbes Rooney: Sullivan, I don't care how talented you think she is. You have to cut her. It is a liability!
Dave Sullivan: Look, that girl has way too much talent. We can't just cut her loose.
Forbes Rooney: It isn't up to you, and it isn't up to me. We could get sued, Sullivan!
Dave Sullivan: Just...just give her a few more weeks. We still haven't even proved this is necessary yet!
Forbes signs, as he takes off his glasses and rubs his temples.
Forbes Rooney: Okay...okay fine. I'll have my people dig deeper. You have until they figure it out, but when I tell you it's time to cut her loose, you gotta cut her loose. Got it?
Dave Sullivan: I understand...
_________
Broc Lobster: Janet Shelley is eliminated! What a big result!
Daiquan Andrews: Did you see the fire in Daphne's eyes! Going after her mother like that? She had determination. She might make a professional wrestler after all.
Broc Lobster: Team Rockstar meanwhile takes a huge hit tonight! Just like that they're down to just three members! The other two teams still have five. Team Rockstar though didn't get a single win tonight!
Daiquan Andrews: It sounds like they gotta get their shit together.
Broc Lobster: I agree with you, for once, Daiquan. But that's it for tonight.
Meanwhile big news...next week...not only will we have two eliminations...but we're going to have a superstar return! In the main event, we'll see a 15 Man Royal Rumble featuring 15 previously eliminated contestants. The winner returns to the active roster. This is literally anybody's show to win right now.
Good night everyone!
“I’m sorry Lizzie, but I can’t clear you to wrestle tonight and if I can’t clear you..I’m sorry you’re going to have to pack your ba-”
Lizzie Rose: [video=youtube_share;6Dzp3-JY3qI]
00.3-00.5
Jesus. The doctor actually takes a step back really freaking alarmed by the abruptly shrill and distressed high pitched scream that could shatter light bulbs from Lizzie Rose.
Doctor: “....”
Lizzie Rose: “....I think I might have underestimated the volume of my voice there. Sorry…
Awkward beat of silence
Lizzie Rose: “Mr Doctor man! You can’t kick me out! Please! Please! Please! This is all I ever wanted! It’s my dream! I was going to move my family out of the ghetto. I told nana Rose I’d win! Nana Rose is watching right now. You can’t make me look like a liar in front of nana!”
Doctor: Look, there’s nothing I can do about clearing, But if you can prove that your knee is healing then maybe I won’t recommend you going home, but I gotta be honest even then it’s-
Even before the doctor finishes the statement, Lizzie had jumped down off the bed, sticking the landing, putting all the weight on that busted knee in a brazen show of how sturdy it is….Or at least that was the idea, instead Lizzie’s knee instantly buckles and we hear her involuntary whimper in pain. We heard it. She heard it. The doctor surely heard it, but Lizzie tries it off, coldly causally playing off the moment, clearly biting her lip trying to stifle her pain.
Lizzie Rose: “Oh-! Which knee is shattered? I honestly forgot.. I’m just going to go..ow...work ..ow...ow...out...ow..in the ring...ow...ow...ow...ow...
She clearly limps out the door, trying to cry out in pain too loudly.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Four
Wednesday, September 23rd, 2020
Taped from Dublin, Ireland at Sullivan Manor
The camera spans in to show the make shift High School gym sized arena beneath the depth's of Sullivan Manor in Dublin, Ireland. There are only about 100 fans in attendance tonight for this exclusive event.
The ring is set up as normal in the smaller arena, and the commentators table is set up as well.
Broc Lobster: Welcome all to a one time exclusive event, where we're airing from Sullivan Castle!
Daiquan Andrews: Damn man this place is spooky. I swear the pictures of Sullivan on the walls...their eyes follow yo ass when you walk past em. And don't even try to find the bathroom. Man I got lost.
Broc Lobster: You got lost going to the bathroom?
Daiquan Andrews: This place is a maze man. A huge creepy maze.
Broc Lobster: Anyway...we've got a huge episode tonight. THREE eliminations. It looks like Lizzie Rose, due to the injury last week, is going to be eliminated here at the beginning of the show. Then we're going to see a second elimination pair of eliminations tonight. And here comes Sullivan now!
Dave Sullivan comes out to the ring with a smile and a wave to the crowd. He has a microphone in his hand. The coaches soon follow him, and stand outside the ring.
Dave Sullivan: Welcome to my home! Mi casa, su Casa! Except you Gabby...keep your fingers off my stuff.
Anyway, Gabby...speaking of you, I've got some bad news.
Lizzie Rose was not cleared to compete. Therefor, she is eliminated from the show.
The small crowd boos in disappointment.
Suddenly, Lizzie Rose limps out to the ring!
Lizzie Rose: NO! I am here! I can compete.
Her leg is completely taped up.
Dave Sullivan: Lizzie...it's clear, you can't. I am sorry, but we-
Lizzie Rose: I am NOT going home. Let me prove it...
Dave Sullivan: Fine. You know what, we're going to have a match. A triple threat match. Coaches, you pick your weakest contestant. Whoever gets the pin stays. The other two, go home.
Broc Lobster: What! This is huge! Lizzie Rose is going to compete.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know how dat girl plans on doing it. She can barely walk!
Broc Lobster: But dammit she has grit!
_______
Broc Lobster: I can't believe it! Lizzie did it! She beat Sean Sue and Moto Moto!
Daiquan Andrews: Man this is crazy. That girl wasn't even supposed to compete tonight. How she do that?
Broc Lobster: I don't know but this girl has grit. She went from being an ace on Team Goddess, to now an underdog. Can she win this competition in spite of this devasating knee injury? So far, she's proving she has a chance.
Lizzie continues to celebrate in the ring with the rest of Team Goddess as we cut to a commercial break.
___________
When we return from the commercial break, we see Daphne Shelley in the middle of the ring with a microphone, and she looks furious.
The crowd cheers her name as she stands firm in the ring.
Daphne Shelley: Last week, my mother costed me a win against Nicole Valander. She costed me a chance to get ahead on this show, and make a career for myself. Wearing my jeans? Okay. Snooping through my room? Sure.
But when you interfere with my career, you are betraying everything about our relationship.
I want to know one thing...why.
You come out here, and tell me why.
Why you had to cost me my match first of all.
And second, why you had to come here in the first place. You aren't a wrestler. You didn't put any of the training I did to get onto this show. Yet here you are.
So explain to me, mother dearest, why you had to follow me here.
Because it might be the last conversation we have as a family...
Daphne waits patiently in the ring.
It seems like nothing is going to happen when suddenly...
Janet's theme song hits, as she comes out to the entrance ramp with a microphone in her hand.
Janet Shelley: You have always been an entitled little brat, haven't you? It's always been about you! I gave you everything. I fed you, I clothed you, I bathed you. I bought you a car, I paid for your cellphone.
And yet, you aren't grateful.
You want to "Make a name for yourself" and go on and be a big dangerous wrestler?
Daphne, you don't realize it, but you need me.
You think you're a grown up, but you're not.
I see the same little girl who's diapers I changed.
The little girl who wet herself on the playground and needed mommy to come and clean her up. That's what I see you as, and that's what I always will see you as. You aren't an adult. And you certainly aren't going to be some professional wrestler. I came here, to make sure of it. To make you avoid that mistake. Because I'm your mommy, and I care about you Daphne. Some day you're going to realize that, and you're going to thank me.
Daphne has heard enough.
She interrupts her mother.
Daphne Shelley: You are a monster.
Don't feed me that bullshit about this being about me.
This is about YOU.
You can't handle that I am going to be more successful than you. You're so vain, so shallow.
I am not doing this anymore...
You're going to fight me...tonight.
You're going to get what's coming to you...
Janet Shelley: I am not fighting my own Daughter.
Daphne Shelley: You won't have a choice. You're going to fight me, or I'm going to make you fight me...
Janet Shelley: Fine.
So bet it.
But you did this to yourself.
We're going to fight.
And if I win, you go home. Where you belong.
Daphne Shelley: That sounds good to me, because if I win, you go home!
Daphne drops the mic. As she stares her mother down in the ring.
Broc Lobster: Holy shit! We're getting a huge main event tonight! Mother vs Daughter. Loser goes home!
______
Broc Lobster: What? We aren't getting a finish?
Daiquan Andrews: Man this is some BULL. A match containing possibly the three best dudes on the roster. I wanted to see who would win!
Broc Lobster: I guess it's too early for us to see that kind of separation. It looked like McClain would, but who knows. All three of these guys are so talented! And guess what, I have just been told that after that break we'll be getting an interview from McClain himself!
_____________
“Big Mack” Marcus McClain stands in front of a backdrop with the Ground Zero logo plastered on it in the center.
Marcus McClain: You know, ever since my first appearance on Ground Zero, people have been wanting to hear from me.
They want to know my story, want to know why I’m here. First of all it’s really simple why I’m here, because I want to be an FWA star.
Now, I know that will not come easy, hell nothing in life ever does, I know that from experience.
Marcus pauses briefly and thinks for a second before continuing.
Marcus McClain: That won’t stop me though, it never has.
No matter what obstacles life has thrown my way, I manage to get through it.
There was a time in my life where I thought that I may never be able to get through though, but I persevered and now I stand here before the world today.
I know how much some of these competitors want this opportunity, how hungry they really are, but I also know how much I want this and how much I need this...
This is my second chance to find my purpose in life, and I won’t let it be taken away from me again…
With that, McClain walks off and the interview is over.
______
Broc Lobster: What an intense match! The fairy tale run for Joe Burr finally comes to a halt, as Grimes drags Burr out of the clouds and crashing down to reality.
Daiquan Andrews: What a shame man. I hope Burr bounces back, but I'm afraid he had his run of momentum in this thing.
________
Sullivan Manor...a magnificent, splendorous architectural marvel nestled in the rolling green hills of Ireland. Renovated with modern comforts, but retaining its Old World charm, it's not hard to see why FWA World Champion and Ground Zero host Dave Sullivan chose this as his new residence.
However, like most medieval fortifications, there's more to this castle than meets the eye.
Deep in the bowels of the castle are dark, damp cellars and dungeons that have been left unattended, presumably either because Sullivan hasn't gotten around to it or has no interest in it.
But Konchu Hao? That's a different story.
We find our masked malevolent would-be overlord sitting cross-legged in one such cellar, with candles and burning incense all around him as he himself is dead center in the middle of a ring of crystalline gemstones. He is chanting something in an incomprehensible language, but stops in the middle of his incantation to look directly into the camera.
"Kehahaha! It seems that I've been followed. A minor inconvenience. It's not as if there's anything you can do to halt what I am doing. Mr. Sullivan is a very ferocious warrior and he has excellent taste in domiciles, but even HE is unaware of the true power that dwells within his walls.
"This castle is an old relic, and within its stones dwells the restless and vengeful spirits of a hundred mighty Gaelic warriors. Once I've completed this seance and communed with these spirits, I will obtain even greater power than I had before! Their wrath will spur my own, and grant me the strength I need to OBLITERATE my opposition on my way to obtaining the contract for Season the Second of Ground Zero!
"This is what separates me from the rank and file neophytes of Ground Zero, you know. Certainly, in terms of raw physical strength, agility, and technique, even I will admit that my opponents are my equals in these regards. But unlike those jelly-brained nincompoops, I am a master of the dark arts of magic and science! I have communed with specters and studied the formulas of the world's most potent alchemists. What's a man's physical strength verses the militant might of an army of angry Irish ghosts?! Do you even know just how powerful the cold grasp of an Irish ghost is? Has your feeble mind even grasped that a ghost grasp is a superior grasp to just about any grasp...well, not counting the grasp of an elderly Romani mystic who's spent a bit too much time imbibing on natural hallucinogens. I tell you, there's quite a few of my peers who could improve their grappling game by spending a summer with Bachano when he's had his special mushrooms..."
Konchu kind of rambles for a bit about vice-like grips, mushrooms, and old hermits before shaking his head to get back on track.
"Regardless! I will admit that this seance isn't entirely necessary. Randall Ramon has already admitted to the world that he sees me as the strongest member of his team, proving that he is a man of wisdom and superior intellect. Clearly, Randall has recognized that, while I might not have been his first pick? I am definitely the key to his success. Not that the feeling's mutual, mind you. While I appreciate his confidence, even if I didn't have it? I'd still be the one to beat in Ground Zero. They call me 'Mad.' 'MAD!' Is it madness to dive into the middle of a frigid lake on the hunch that some long-forgotten scrolls are buried in a chest on the lake bed wearing nothing but a loincloth? Is it MADNESS to drink a concoction of poisons and venom brewed from a shaman in the Amazon rainforest in order to have a conversation in the afterlife with Karl Marx? It's only madness because the world is full of cowards unwilling to accept that hypothermia and being poisoned is a small price to pay to learn EVERYTHING this world has to offer! Knowledge IS power. A power none of my adversaries have the ability or drive to grasp. So just stand there and watch...bear witness to the power of an ancient glory! KEHAHAHA!"
Konchu's cackles echo for a bit before returning to the same eldritch chanting. And to our surprise, the gemstones surrounding Konchu begin to shake a bit...or do they? Are our eyes playing tricks on us? Is the Mad Wizard about to summon...
"Jubakara! JUBAKARA!"
Konchu's trance is interrupted by a series of incoherence babbles coming off screen. Even through the mask, you can see Konchu's right eye twitch in irritation as he turns towards the babbling.
"EPSILON! What did I tell you about interrupting me in the middle of important rituals?!"
The babbling continues as Konchu listens. Despite the voice making no coherent sense, Konchu seems more than capable of understanding this "Epsilon."
"No, I don't care about what shiny rocks you found out on the castle grounds. You shouldn't even be out wandering around in the first place. I'm allowed to be here due to the Ground Zero partnership. You are not, and the only reason you're here is because I..."
More babbling from Epsilon...but this time? Konchu's annoyed expression changes to one of shock.
"Wait...say that again?"
Epsilon repeats his sentence, albeit a bit slower. Koncho's expression immediately shifts to one of rampant curiosity.
"You're certain that you saw the symbol? You are 100% certain of that?!"
Epsilon grunts in affirmation as Koncho scratches his chin.
"Is he aware that it's here? Did Sullivan know about that when he procured this estate? That...that is incredible. But I cannot...I have to be certain. Epsilon! Can you lead me to those rocks?"
Epsilon once again grunts off-screen as if to say "Yes." Konchu immediately stands up and starts snuffing out the candles and smothering the incense braziers as he says:
"Well, it would appear a demonstration of my power will have to wait for another day. Urgent matters have come to my attention, and I must investigate. However! Make no mistake about it...this season of Ground Zero belongs to the Master of the Dark Arts, the leader of the Army of the Night...Konchu Hao! So, to any and all who would stand in my way, consider this! You can either submit to your new master now and join my righteous crusade towards the complete and utter domination of this pathetic world...or end up just another victim to my devious machinations! So whether it's Michael Garcia's or Gabrielle Montgomery's teams of lesser mortals or even my own teammates, I will not be denied what is rightfully mine! Soon, I will raise an army of minions and sweep across the world like some kind of random arthropod swarm until the world is blackened by the shadow of my GENIUS! Bow down! Submit to your new overlord! And bear witness to the dark mystical arts of the one...the only...KONCHU HAO! KEHAHAHA!!!
''...Epsilon, this had better be what you said it was. I swear to all Fourteen Aspects that if this is just another dead squirrel..."
Konchu continues to mutter and ramble as he exits the cellar, leaving behind his divination tools...
__________
Broc Lobster: The talented Nicole Valander gets the pin for Team Goddess!
Daiquan Andrews: Riley looked good here too. Team Goddess really has a talented crop of female talent. Meanwhile, Team Carnivore takes the loss. And if you asked me who it would be that got pinned, I'd tell ya Cool Stepdad. But it was Newry who costed his team.
Broc Lobster: That might have dire implications as this thing tightens up.
______________
Broc Lobster: Welcome back from the break! We have a big match tonight. A showdown between Team Carnivore and Team Rockstar. Caesar vs Emerson McCoy. Throughout the week the fans voted in what the match stipulation would be.
Daiquan Andrews: And it looked for a moment like it was going to be a tables match, but then Falls Count Anywhere got in there. It ended up being a tie when it was all said and done, wasn't it Broc. And who did host Dave Sullivan ask to break the tie breaker?
Broc Lobster: ME!
Daiquan Andrews: So tell us Broc, what is the match going to be.
Broc Lobster: We are in Dave Sullivan's CASTLE. I had no choice...it had to be a Falls Count Anywhere Match.
Daiquan Andrews: Awwwww SHUCKY DUCKY QUACK QUACK. This gonna be good.
Broc Lobster: WOW! Caesar gets the big win. What a destructive match. Caesar proves here though that he might be the man to beat on the roster. And McCoy takes a bit of a hit with the loss.
Daiquan Andrews: Dave Sullivan cannot be happy about all that damage to his home...but...oh well! God knows he got the money.
______________
The camera can be seen backstage sneaking up to a castle room of host Dave Sullivan. The camera man doesn't let Sullivan know he's there, as executive producer Forbes Rooney is in there with him.
Muffled arguing can be heard from outside the cracked door, as the camera man gets closer the audio becomes more clear.
Forbes Rooney: Sullivan, I don't care how talented you think she is. You have to cut her. It is a liability!
Dave Sullivan: Look, that girl has way too much talent. We can't just cut her loose.
Forbes Rooney: It isn't up to you, and it isn't up to me. We could get sued, Sullivan!
Dave Sullivan: Just...just give her a few more weeks. We still haven't even proved this is necessary yet!
Forbes signs, as he takes off his glasses and rubs his temples.
Forbes Rooney: Okay...okay fine. I'll have my people dig deeper. You have until they figure it out, but when I tell you it's time to cut her loose, you gotta cut her loose. Got it?
Dave Sullivan: I understand...
_________
Broc Lobster: Janet Shelley is eliminated! What a big result!
Daiquan Andrews: Did you see the fire in Daphne's eyes! Going after her mother like that? She had determination. She might make a professional wrestler after all.
Broc Lobster: Team Rockstar meanwhile takes a huge hit tonight! Just like that they're down to just three members! The other two teams still have five. Team Rockstar though didn't get a single win tonight!
Daiquan Andrews: It sounds like they gotta get their shit together.
Broc Lobster: I agree with you, for once, Daiquan. But that's it for tonight.
Meanwhile big news...next week...not only will we have two eliminations...but we're going to have a superstar return! In the main event, we'll see a 15 Man Royal Rumble featuring 15 previously eliminated contestants. The winner returns to the active roster. This is literally anybody's show to win right now.
Good night everyone!
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Five
Wednesday, October 7th, 2020
Taped from BC Place in Vancouver, Canada
The fireworks blast off as the small crowd in BC Place gets pumped up for another episode of Ground Zero.
Broc Lobster: Hello FWA fans! This is Broc Lobster here, and we're here at BC Place just right down the road from where we'll be seeing the FWA's 15th Anniversary Show at the Rogers Center, because today is October 7th and that show is going live October 9th!
Daiquan Andrews: Really? It feels like we're much later in the month than that. Didn't the Anniversary show already happen?
Broc Lobster: I have no idea what you're talking about. This show is taking place on October 7th.
Daiquan Andrews: No man remember, Devin Golden and Randy Ramon defe-
Broc Lobster: OCTOBER 7TH! TODAY IS OCTOBER 7TH!
Daiquan Andrews: Alright chill, damn.
Broc Lobster: So tonight we have a special night. We have TWO elimination matches, which will take place in the form of triple threat matches. Whoever gets pinned is out. And then, for our main event, a Second Chance Royal Rumble featuring contestants who have been eliminated from the show. Whoever wins gets a spot back on the team with the least amount of contestants.
Daiquan Andrews: My money is on Sauce Man.
__________________
Broc Lobster: Riley wins it! What a powerful win for the Brazilian Jiu Jitsu trained Grayce Riley. A powerful showing, as she may have just moved past Joe Burr, Nicole Valander, and Lizzie Rose as the ace of Team Goddess.
Daiquan Andrews: ....whu...what?
Broc Lobster: Were you just sleeping?
Daiquan Andrews: Naw man, I was just resting my eyes.
_____________
(The following was filmed on the last episode of Ground Zero)
It's somewhere within the Sullivan manor. Where exactly, is impossible to tell. After a while, the slate-grey brick walls and chandelier-aligned roofing all blended together to create an endless loop of lavish, if somewhat extravagantly unnecessarily so, rooms. According to the Valander Calander - available now only at FWAShop.com - it's... Last week. Unlike previous segments, this doesn't seem to be some sort of interview or vignette. Infact, there's no sign of anyone... Until a man paced into view.
The man is, inexplicably, shirtless. His pale white gut reflected light with enough shine that he could probably start a small forest fire if he aimed his paunch well enough. Covered in sweat, perspiration positively pouring off of him like a leaking faucet, the man continued to pace, occasionally waving his arms around in a lackadaisical manner, doubtlessly drenching several of Dave Sullivan's treasured tapestries with sweat.
A second man, taller, bigger, significantly less sweatier, with a permanent scowl across his face, entered the room, past the inexplicably shirtless sweating man, and very nearly exited the room just as quickly as he entered, pausing as his eyes double-taked onto the sweating out-of-shape magnificence that is Phil Miller.
"For the grace of Theagenes of Thasos," Charles Newry, 'The Scheming Behemoth' began, looking less scheming and more revolted. "More than two hours have passed since our prior battle. How on earth are you still perspiring at such a disgraceful rate?"
The 5-star athlete he is, Inexplicably Shirtless Phil Miller and his one-pack shrugged, the motion sending a trio of sweatdrops to the ceiling, where they would remain a stain on the roof until Dave Sullivan replaced it. "Trust me, man. It's all in the jeans." He smirked, and pointed at his pants.
Charles Newry stared at Phil Miller. Then at Phil Miller's pants, which were decidedly not jeans. He stared back at Phil Miller, his face contorting into the kind of expression that would leave exit wounds. "Was that an attempt at wordplay-based fatherly humour?"
"A pretty successful attempt, I'd say."
Charles Newry grunted, shaking his head. "I would advise you to seek a medical professional about your excessive perspiration, least you aim to achieve a stench stronger than your cardiovascular system. Which I imagine isn't too difficult of a task to accomplish."
The thinly-veiled insult made a soft 'whizzing' sound as it flew over Phil Miller's head. "Yeah, you're probably right, Charlie. I'll call my doctor when I get back to the states, thanks bud." Phil slapped his palm against Charles Newry's, in a motion that could be described as a 'one-sided high five,' leaving a sweat stain on the back of Newry's fist.
Charles Newry stared at his hand in abject disgust, before producing a bottle of hand sanitizer with his other hand. He glanced between his stained hand and the oblivious smile of Phil Miller, before emptying the entire contents of the sanitizer bottle over his hand. "Imbecile." He muttered, leaving the scene.
Alone in the room, Phil Miller turned around, before fumbling his slightly-less-sweatier hand into the pocket of his pants, dragging out a phone. Glancing behind him, making sure he was alone, Phil began to dial.
"Please pick up, please pick up." He quietly mumbled, before his face lit up with joy. "Helen! Hey!" He exclaimed, delighted. "Yeah, I miss you too. How are the kids?"
Unintelligible muttering from the phone, barely audible from out of range.
"Tell them I miss them. Did you see this week's episode? I wasn't pinned!"
More unintelligible mumbling from the receiver.
"Well, yeah, I still lost, but I wasn't pinned! That's an improvement, right?" Phil remarked, fidgeting.
Resigned muttering. Phil Miller continued to pace, glancing nervously around.
"Yeah, but still. Did, ah, did Brent watch?"
A long beat of silence, before an apologetic tone of murmuring, and Phil's face fell, the delighted smile giving way to a saddened gaze.
"No, no, it's fine, I understand." Phil said, in a tone that implied he had said the same phrase too many times before. "He's got his own thing going, I'm sure he's waiting to binge the season when it's all over, watch his dad triumph all at once. Right?"
A sole mutter.
"Step-dad, right. Well, I got to go, Sullivan doesn't want people walking around his house without a camera crew. Had to sneak away just for this call. Love you and the kids, Helen."
Making a wet kissing noise at his phone, Phil hung up, dropping the now-sweaty phone on a nearby table, gazed out an open window, and let out a sigh. He idly rubbed a sweaty hand against the bruises on his back, feeling the stiff discomfort of muscles crying out in overexertion. His body hurt, it ached and groaned, as far as physical specimen went, Phil felt comfortable admitting he was on the far end of the scale.
He shouldn't be here. He wasn't an athlete, or anything close to it. He barely knew what he was doing, and his body screamed at him for it.
But as long as he still had a chance to win over the love and admiration of his stepson, he'd keep going until circumstances forced him to stop.
And so, wiping his forehead with yet another tapestry, Phil Miller turned and exited the room, vanishing from view.
______________
Broc Lobster: Well we are back from commercial, and we have one more match before our Royal Rumble main event. Another triple threat match, same rules apply as the first one. Contestant to get pinned gets eliminated, the person to pin them gets bragging rights.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo man, question...didn't we used to have like immunity challenges and rewards and shit? What happened to that? Now we just have a bunch of boring old matches.
Broc Lobster: Uh, Daiquan, we were told by the execs to just pretend like that never happened...remember? If we don't acknowledge it, it never existed.
Daiquan Andrews: MAN that don't make no sense. You can't just erase history by pretending it never happened. Shit don't work that way...
The camera zooms in on Broc and Daiquan who both give a fourth wall breaking look to the camera.
Marcus McClain's new titantron plays as he pounds his chest after a dominant victory.
[video=youtube;krHiJeHHeV4]
Broc Lobster: BIG MACK DOES IT AGAIN! A dominant squash for him, and a surprising loss for Shelley! Wow, I had Shelley going to the finals, Daiquan.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo but McCoy moves on! He's one of my FAVE FIVE right there.
Broc Lobster: And did you see that new titantron for McClain? That looks like some professional stuff!
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know looks like it was the fifth video ever made by some loser in his grandmother's basement who just bought a cheap version of Movavi to me.
Broc Lobster: Wow that's strangely specific...
Daiquan Andrews: I call it how I see it.
___________
(This was filmed last week at Sullivan Manor)
We are cut to a random room in Sullivan's castle. Caesar is seen in his purple toga, examining the room. He once again notices the camera and turns to speak.
"Such grand architecture. Even I must commend it. Sullivan must've spent a fortune for it and thinking about such fortune sadly ends my admiration for it. For you see, in my time, we built such architecture ourselves rather than buying it. Like in many other things, our Roman civilization was known for their perfect architecture. Like in Alesia, against an army nearly as six times my size, I put that into test and ordered my legionnaires to build not one wall, but two walls. One, to keep Gauls in. And one, to keep them out. For you see, citizens of this modern but uncivilized world, I know how to win under any kind of circumstances. You can ask Vercingetorix, you can ask Pompey, you can ask Tiberius. And most certainly, you can ask Emerson McCoy."
Caesar's lips curl up into a smirk as he recalls his first singles match that took place just recently.
"The type of battle I was going to prove myself against Emerson was put into the vote of the people. While I must admire this practice of democracy -and yes, I am aware that's ironic given how I am still percieved by your biased records of history-, I must remind everyone that you do not simply get to choose the circumstances of your battles. With that being said, however, the choice of the people commanded that Caesar must fight in a Falls Count Anywhere match. A match, a battle without any boundaries. Must I remind once again that I am the man who is famous for crossing the most important boundary in history? When Pompey and his lackeys in senate threatened to take my Imperium away, I crossed the Rubicon and led my army into the city of Rome. But Emerson? I highly doubt he had crossed the borders of his farm much in his life. He had fighting spirit inside of him but he was not prepared for what he was about to face. And that led to his demise. Just like after when I defeated Pharnaces in Asia Minor in a quick victory while everyone else expected that to be a very long campaign, I will close this with three simple but effective words:
Veni. Vidi. Vici."
With his smirk growing even more cockier, Caesar shooes the cameraman away.
____________
Broc Lobster: And we're back.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo we had two promos from Sullivan Manor in one episode. That's super weird.
Broc Lobster: Yeah I think people didn't realize Sulley, despite advertising that the entire show was going to take place at Sullivan Manor, changed it at the last second and then hoped nobody noticed. Even though he deleted the news article with the information about it, it seems like everyone sort of was locked into that thought that the show would be taking place at Sullivan Manor. Then instead, we ended up having shows at arenas instead.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you were yelling at me for breaking the fourth wall, now you doin it! You gonna get us in trouble man.
Broc Lobster: Oh shit, my bad. Anyway, it's time for our main event. A 15 Man Royal Rumble match. Second chances....one person will get a spot back on the roster, the rest will go home and cry. Who will win?
Daiquan Andrews: Sauce Man! Sauce Man! Sauce Man!
Broc Lobster: Reagan Cole does it! Reagan Cole has won this Royal Rumble!
Daiquan Andrews: I can't believe it. That dude just eliminated eight straight men. Eight members of the All or Nothing (AON) Job Squad, he just single handedly took down. He has earned his spot on the roster.
Broc Lobster: And with Coach Ramon being down 3-4-4 compared to the other teams, Team Rockstar will be getting this energetic star. What an unbelievable show folks. Well, we're down to it now. After five episodes, 12 contestants remain with 4 on each of the three teams.
Who will be our next FWA star?
Find out next week!
Cole celebrates in the ring as his music goes off.
The crowd still stunned at his Royal Rumble performance.
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Five
Wednesday, October 7th, 2020
Taped from BC Place in Vancouver, Canada
The fireworks blast off as the small crowd in BC Place gets pumped up for another episode of Ground Zero.
Broc Lobster: Hello FWA fans! This is Broc Lobster here, and we're here at BC Place just right down the road from where we'll be seeing the FWA's 15th Anniversary Show at the Rogers Center, because today is October 7th and that show is going live October 9th!
Daiquan Andrews: Really? It feels like we're much later in the month than that. Didn't the Anniversary show already happen?
Broc Lobster: I have no idea what you're talking about. This show is taking place on October 7th.
Daiquan Andrews: No man remember, Devin Golden and Randy Ramon defe-
Broc Lobster: OCTOBER 7TH! TODAY IS OCTOBER 7TH!
Daiquan Andrews: Alright chill, damn.
Broc Lobster: So tonight we have a special night. We have TWO elimination matches, which will take place in the form of triple threat matches. Whoever gets pinned is out. And then, for our main event, a Second Chance Royal Rumble featuring contestants who have been eliminated from the show. Whoever wins gets a spot back on the team with the least amount of contestants.
Daiquan Andrews: My money is on Sauce Man.
__________________
Broc Lobster: Riley wins it! What a powerful win for the Brazilian Jiu Jitsu trained Grayce Riley. A powerful showing, as she may have just moved past Joe Burr, Nicole Valander, and Lizzie Rose as the ace of Team Goddess.
Daiquan Andrews: ....whu...what?
Broc Lobster: Were you just sleeping?
Daiquan Andrews: Naw man, I was just resting my eyes.
_____________
(The following was filmed on the last episode of Ground Zero)
It's somewhere within the Sullivan manor. Where exactly, is impossible to tell. After a while, the slate-grey brick walls and chandelier-aligned roofing all blended together to create an endless loop of lavish, if somewhat extravagantly unnecessarily so, rooms. According to the Valander Calander - available now only at FWAShop.com - it's... Last week. Unlike previous segments, this doesn't seem to be some sort of interview or vignette. Infact, there's no sign of anyone... Until a man paced into view.
The man is, inexplicably, shirtless. His pale white gut reflected light with enough shine that he could probably start a small forest fire if he aimed his paunch well enough. Covered in sweat, perspiration positively pouring off of him like a leaking faucet, the man continued to pace, occasionally waving his arms around in a lackadaisical manner, doubtlessly drenching several of Dave Sullivan's treasured tapestries with sweat.
A second man, taller, bigger, significantly less sweatier, with a permanent scowl across his face, entered the room, past the inexplicably shirtless sweating man, and very nearly exited the room just as quickly as he entered, pausing as his eyes double-taked onto the sweating out-of-shape magnificence that is Phil Miller.
"For the grace of Theagenes of Thasos," Charles Newry, 'The Scheming Behemoth' began, looking less scheming and more revolted. "More than two hours have passed since our prior battle. How on earth are you still perspiring at such a disgraceful rate?"
The 5-star athlete he is, Inexplicably Shirtless Phil Miller and his one-pack shrugged, the motion sending a trio of sweatdrops to the ceiling, where they would remain a stain on the roof until Dave Sullivan replaced it. "Trust me, man. It's all in the jeans." He smirked, and pointed at his pants.
Charles Newry stared at Phil Miller. Then at Phil Miller's pants, which were decidedly not jeans. He stared back at Phil Miller, his face contorting into the kind of expression that would leave exit wounds. "Was that an attempt at wordplay-based fatherly humour?"
"A pretty successful attempt, I'd say."
Charles Newry grunted, shaking his head. "I would advise you to seek a medical professional about your excessive perspiration, least you aim to achieve a stench stronger than your cardiovascular system. Which I imagine isn't too difficult of a task to accomplish."
The thinly-veiled insult made a soft 'whizzing' sound as it flew over Phil Miller's head. "Yeah, you're probably right, Charlie. I'll call my doctor when I get back to the states, thanks bud." Phil slapped his palm against Charles Newry's, in a motion that could be described as a 'one-sided high five,' leaving a sweat stain on the back of Newry's fist.
Charles Newry stared at his hand in abject disgust, before producing a bottle of hand sanitizer with his other hand. He glanced between his stained hand and the oblivious smile of Phil Miller, before emptying the entire contents of the sanitizer bottle over his hand. "Imbecile." He muttered, leaving the scene.
Alone in the room, Phil Miller turned around, before fumbling his slightly-less-sweatier hand into the pocket of his pants, dragging out a phone. Glancing behind him, making sure he was alone, Phil began to dial.
"Please pick up, please pick up." He quietly mumbled, before his face lit up with joy. "Helen! Hey!" He exclaimed, delighted. "Yeah, I miss you too. How are the kids?"
Unintelligible muttering from the phone, barely audible from out of range.
"Tell them I miss them. Did you see this week's episode? I wasn't pinned!"
More unintelligible mumbling from the receiver.
"Well, yeah, I still lost, but I wasn't pinned! That's an improvement, right?" Phil remarked, fidgeting.
Resigned muttering. Phil Miller continued to pace, glancing nervously around.
"Yeah, but still. Did, ah, did Brent watch?"
A long beat of silence, before an apologetic tone of murmuring, and Phil's face fell, the delighted smile giving way to a saddened gaze.
"No, no, it's fine, I understand." Phil said, in a tone that implied he had said the same phrase too many times before. "He's got his own thing going, I'm sure he's waiting to binge the season when it's all over, watch his dad triumph all at once. Right?"
A sole mutter.
"Step-dad, right. Well, I got to go, Sullivan doesn't want people walking around his house without a camera crew. Had to sneak away just for this call. Love you and the kids, Helen."
Making a wet kissing noise at his phone, Phil hung up, dropping the now-sweaty phone on a nearby table, gazed out an open window, and let out a sigh. He idly rubbed a sweaty hand against the bruises on his back, feeling the stiff discomfort of muscles crying out in overexertion. His body hurt, it ached and groaned, as far as physical specimen went, Phil felt comfortable admitting he was on the far end of the scale.
He shouldn't be here. He wasn't an athlete, or anything close to it. He barely knew what he was doing, and his body screamed at him for it.
But as long as he still had a chance to win over the love and admiration of his stepson, he'd keep going until circumstances forced him to stop.
And so, wiping his forehead with yet another tapestry, Phil Miller turned and exited the room, vanishing from view.
______________
Broc Lobster: Well we are back from commercial, and we have one more match before our Royal Rumble main event. Another triple threat match, same rules apply as the first one. Contestant to get pinned gets eliminated, the person to pin them gets bragging rights.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo man, question...didn't we used to have like immunity challenges and rewards and shit? What happened to that? Now we just have a bunch of boring old matches.
Broc Lobster: Uh, Daiquan, we were told by the execs to just pretend like that never happened...remember? If we don't acknowledge it, it never existed.
Daiquan Andrews: MAN that don't make no sense. You can't just erase history by pretending it never happened. Shit don't work that way...
The camera zooms in on Broc and Daiquan who both give a fourth wall breaking look to the camera.
Marcus McClain's new titantron plays as he pounds his chest after a dominant victory.
[video=youtube;krHiJeHHeV4]
Broc Lobster: BIG MACK DOES IT AGAIN! A dominant squash for him, and a surprising loss for Shelley! Wow, I had Shelley going to the finals, Daiquan.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo but McCoy moves on! He's one of my FAVE FIVE right there.
Broc Lobster: And did you see that new titantron for McClain? That looks like some professional stuff!
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know looks like it was the fifth video ever made by some loser in his grandmother's basement who just bought a cheap version of Movavi to me.
Broc Lobster: Wow that's strangely specific...
Daiquan Andrews: I call it how I see it.
___________
(This was filmed last week at Sullivan Manor)
We are cut to a random room in Sullivan's castle. Caesar is seen in his purple toga, examining the room. He once again notices the camera and turns to speak.
"Such grand architecture. Even I must commend it. Sullivan must've spent a fortune for it and thinking about such fortune sadly ends my admiration for it. For you see, in my time, we built such architecture ourselves rather than buying it. Like in many other things, our Roman civilization was known for their perfect architecture. Like in Alesia, against an army nearly as six times my size, I put that into test and ordered my legionnaires to build not one wall, but two walls. One, to keep Gauls in. And one, to keep them out. For you see, citizens of this modern but uncivilized world, I know how to win under any kind of circumstances. You can ask Vercingetorix, you can ask Pompey, you can ask Tiberius. And most certainly, you can ask Emerson McCoy."
Caesar's lips curl up into a smirk as he recalls his first singles match that took place just recently.
"The type of battle I was going to prove myself against Emerson was put into the vote of the people. While I must admire this practice of democracy -and yes, I am aware that's ironic given how I am still percieved by your biased records of history-, I must remind everyone that you do not simply get to choose the circumstances of your battles. With that being said, however, the choice of the people commanded that Caesar must fight in a Falls Count Anywhere match. A match, a battle without any boundaries. Must I remind once again that I am the man who is famous for crossing the most important boundary in history? When Pompey and his lackeys in senate threatened to take my Imperium away, I crossed the Rubicon and led my army into the city of Rome. But Emerson? I highly doubt he had crossed the borders of his farm much in his life. He had fighting spirit inside of him but he was not prepared for what he was about to face. And that led to his demise. Just like after when I defeated Pharnaces in Asia Minor in a quick victory while everyone else expected that to be a very long campaign, I will close this with three simple but effective words:
Veni. Vidi. Vici."
With his smirk growing even more cockier, Caesar shooes the cameraman away.
____________
Broc Lobster: And we're back.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo we had two promos from Sullivan Manor in one episode. That's super weird.
Broc Lobster: Yeah I think people didn't realize Sulley, despite advertising that the entire show was going to take place at Sullivan Manor, changed it at the last second and then hoped nobody noticed. Even though he deleted the news article with the information about it, it seems like everyone sort of was locked into that thought that the show would be taking place at Sullivan Manor. Then instead, we ended up having shows at arenas instead.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you were yelling at me for breaking the fourth wall, now you doin it! You gonna get us in trouble man.
Broc Lobster: Oh shit, my bad. Anyway, it's time for our main event. A 15 Man Royal Rumble match. Second chances....one person will get a spot back on the roster, the rest will go home and cry. Who will win?
Daiquan Andrews: Sauce Man! Sauce Man! Sauce Man!
15 Man Royal Rumble featuring previous Ground Zero Contestants.
Winner gets a spot on Team Rockstar
Moto Moto and Sean Sue start out first in the ring. Sean Sue doesn't last very long, as Moto Moto tosses him over the top rope before the third contestant even arrived.
Eliminated at 1: Sean Sue (2nd Entrant)
That third contestant happens to be none other than Putter Green. Moto Moto tries to make quick work of his former teammate from Team Carnivore, but is unable to as Putter held his own. Soon, Steve The Techno Vampire comes out at #4 followed by Sauce Man at #5!
The three of them work together to throw Moto Moto over the top rope!
Eliminated at 2: Moto Moto (1st Entrant)
All the women in attendance cry as Moto Moto has been eliminated from Ground Zero again. Next out at #6 is Johnathan McClean, and behind him at #7 is Noah The Roach!
Suddenly, Sauce Man appears outnumbered.
Steve The Techno Vampire grabs a microphone and starts shouting in it.
Steve The Techno Vampire: WE WILL NOT BE PUSHED DOWN ANY LONGER. We are the best talent on this show. And we have decided to team up against the rest who have disrespected us.
You can call us...the All Or Nothing Jobber Squad.
Because that's what we're in for...ALL...OR...NOTHING.
So get ready. The A.O.N Jobbers are here to wreck havoc.
As the A.O.N Jobber Squad featuring Steve The Techno Vampire, Putter Green, Johnathan McClean, and Noah The Roach is all together and looking to form an alliance. Sauce Man can't hold them off! Green and McClean toss Sauce Man over the top ropes!
Eliminated at 3: Sauce Man (5th Entrant)
All the men in attendance cry as Sauce Man has been eliminated now.
The next three entrants at #8, #9, and #10 are Guru Quang, Billy Gene, and The Ice Princess. All members of the A.O.N Jobber Squad.
Next out...is LEON SANDCASTLE!
The Next Rookie Sensation heads down the ramp, and sees the seven A.O.N Jobbers in the ring waiting for him to enter. He takes a deep breath and tries his best, but the 7 Man Army throws him over the top rope with ease.
Eliminated at 4: Leon Sandcastle (11th Entrant)
Next out to the ring is none other than Daphne Shelley! Eliminated just earlier tonight.
She runs in, and immediately goes at members of the A.O.N Jobbers. She tries her best, but they're about to take her out when...
It's #13, Janet Shelley!
Daphne's mom! The two feuded on the show just last week, when Daphne won a match and eliminated her!
She runs in the ring, and she saves Daphne! Together, the two of them try their best to fight back against the AON Jobbers.
They look like they're going to make a dent...when...
Oh no...
At #14, "The Behemoth" Charles Newry, who was also eliminated tonight.
Newry runs out to the ring, and he immediately helps his fellow AON Jobbers. He throws both mother and daughter out of the ring at the same time, as the two fall to the ground shocked.
They get up, and give each other a hug, reunited at last.
Eliminated at 5 and 6: Janet Shelley (13th Entrant) and Daphne Shelley (12th Entrant)
The now 8 man AON Jobber Army stands proud in the ring, ready for the 15th entrant...who is it going to be...
[video=dailymotion;x7ns50k]
Broc Lobster: Wait! What? Who the hell is that!
Daiquan Andrews: He wasn't no eliminated contestant...what the...
Broc Lobster: I think...I think that's Reagan Cole! He's Roy Gibson's son in law. He's fought in some major companies, how do you not know him?
Daiquan Andrews: I don't watch any of those other wrestling companies. But I do know this dude was not an original contestant on Ground Zero.
Broc Lobster: NO, you're wrong...I'm looking here! It says he applied, his application just got lost in the shuffle, and he ended getting DQ'd as a result. But this is the Rumble of Second Chances! So here he is!
Daiquan Andrews: Well, no way he takes out the AON Jobber Army. There's 8 of them!
Cole runs in the ring, and right away he clotheslines Steve The Techno Vampire.
The other 7 jobbers jump on him, and it looks like a mosh pit as there's bodies everything. But suddenly, we see Billy Gene fly over the ropes.
Eliminated at 7: Billy Gene (#9)
Cole just eliminated Gene, and now...Cole just took out The Ice Princess and Johnathan McClean with a double clothesline!
Eliminated at 8 and 9: The Ice Princess (#10) and Johnathan McClean (#6)
That's three members of the AON army down.
Five left!
Guru Quang tries to run full speed at Cole to take him out, but Cole ducks and Quang goes over the top rope!
Eliminated at 10: Guru Quang (#8)
It's Cole against four other AON Jobbers now! Steve The Techno Vampire, Putter Green, Noah The Roach, and "The Behemoth" Charles Newry".
All four try to team up on Cole, but Cole is too elusive. He ends up taking Roach out of nowhere, and tossing him out of the ring.
The then clothesline both Steve The Techno Vampire and Putter Green to the mat.
Eliminated at 11: Noah The Roach (#7)
This is a massacre. The 8 members of the AON Army are getting eliminated one by one by this rambo like hero.
Newry and Cole end up going toe to toe in the ring,. Green and Techno Vampire are back up to their feet, and the three try to take Cole down. All three pick up Cole at once, and try to toss him out of the ring and over the top rope...
AND THEY DO!
But Cole grabs the top rope on his way out, and he somehow hangs there!
Amazing!
Cole swings himself back in, just in time to dodge a Steve The Techno Vampire headbutt, sending the Dracula wannabe over the top rope and out of the ring.
Eliminated at 12: Steve The Techno Vampire (#4)
It's now just the #2 Entrant in Putter Green, the #14 Entrant with Charles Newry, and the #15 entrant with Reagan Cole. Cole has taken out SIX contestents...
It looks like his luck is running out now, as Newry finally has ran out of patience and takes him down with a boot.
He picks up Cole and is about to toss him over the ropes when...
IT'S LIZZIE ROSS. She attacks Putter Green from behind! Lizzie is on Putter Green now and has him in a sleeper! Newry puts Cole down to help Green. Green and Newry toss out Lizzie, but in the distraction...Cole throws Putter Green over the top topre!
Eliminated at 13: Putter Green (#3)
Green had a great run, but he's eliminated and ends up taking third in this rumble. Now it's just down to Entrant #14 and Entrant #15.
Newry and Green are both duking it out in the center. Meanwhile Putter Green is chasing Lizzie Rose outside the ring! Lizzie jaunts up the ramp as Green is close behind.
Suddenly Reagan Cole hits...THE FIRE OF COLE! Right in the middle of the ring.
Newry looks out of it on the mat.
Cole picks him up, but Newry uppercuts him. Cole falls back against the ropes, and Newry goes for a big boot...
BUT COLE DUCKS!
Reagan Cole ducks, and Newry goes over the top and tumbling to the floor.
Eliminated at 14: "The Behemoth" Charles Newry
Reagan Cole has done it! He has eliminated eight straight contestants, and has earned himself a spot on the Ground Zero roster.
YOUR WINNER: REAGAN COLE at 19 minutes, 21 Seconds
Broc Lobster: Reagan Cole does it! Reagan Cole has won this Royal Rumble!
Daiquan Andrews: I can't believe it. That dude just eliminated eight straight men. Eight members of the All or Nothing (AON) Job Squad, he just single handedly took down. He has earned his spot on the roster.
Broc Lobster: And with Coach Ramon being down 3-4-4 compared to the other teams, Team Rockstar will be getting this energetic star. What an unbelievable show folks. Well, we're down to it now. After five episodes, 12 contestants remain with 4 on each of the three teams.
Who will be our next FWA star?
Find out next week!
Cole celebrates in the ring as his music goes off.
The crowd still stunned at his Royal Rumble performance.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Six
Wednesday, October 14th, 2020
Taped from Climate Pledge Arena in Seattle, Washington
[video=youtube;krHiJeHHeV4]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain comes out to open up the show. The crowd pops as the Team Carnivore store enters the ring with his music playing and his titantron on in the background.
The storms down to the ring with a microphone in his hand.
Marcus McClain: We're just two weeks away from the finals. Two weeks away, from me being crowned as the Ground Zero Season 2 winner. I
Team Carnivore has some talent. I'll give my teammates from credit, Caesar is going to be one of the ones to beat.
But I'm telling you right now, nobody from Team Goddess or Team Rockstar is winning this.
Grayce Riley can't touch me.
Koncho Hao can't touch me.
And "Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock definitely can't touch me.
I am BIG MACK.
And I'm going to be crashing into anyone who tries to get in my way to the FWA.
And I'll be proving that right here, right now, in this steel cage.
McClain drops the mic, as Chris Peacock's music hits and he heads to the ring for the first match.
Broc Lobster: BIG MACK DOES IT AGAIN! A dominating performance in the steel cage over Chris Peacock. This win makes Big Mack McClain the first official finalist...with just this episode and next week before the finals, this is huge for McClain.
Daiquan Andrews: You bet. This dude not gotsa confirmed spot in the ladder match finale to fight for an FWA contract.
Broc Lobster: Next week we will be having even more finalist matches, but until then we're going to be faced with TWO elimination matches coming up.
___________
Broc Lobster: So folks, I didn't get a chance to welcome you at the beginning of the show, so WELCOME TO THE SIX EPISODE OF FIGHT NIGHT. After tonight we have just two episodes left of Ground Zero season two. TWO weeks until the finale where we will see a winner crowned, with a guaranteed contract in the FWA.
Daiquan Andrews: It don't matter...
Broc Lobster: What do you mean it doesn't matter? It definitely matters!
Daiquan Andrews: Say that all you want man. I'm calling it now, we gonna see at least four people on here make the FWA roster.
Broc Lobster: You know what, I think you're absolutely right. There is so much talent on this entire roster, that I think we do have more than one who ends up making it. However, that doesn't dilute from the end game for this show, because nothing is guaranteed...nothing except the final prize for this one, which is a guaranteed FWA contract. The winner of this show will fight in FWA. Anyone else has to prove their way even further like everyone else.
Daiquan Andrews: Up next tho...AN ELIMINATION MATCH. That's right. All three teams are sending someone home tonight, and Team Carnivore's match is up first. Whoever gets pinned, is eliminated!
Broc Lobster: A powerful win for Caesar, who gives Big Mack a run for his money as the ace of Team Carnivore.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I don't know how anyone gonna beat either of these two Team Carnivore boys. They are tough.
Broc Lobster: But meanwhile, the biggest carnivore of all has just been eliminated! I thought for sure it'd be Cool Stepdad, but Stu Grimes bites the bullet here with an elimination.
___________
When we come back from a commercial, the eliminated Putter Green is standing in the ring getting boo'd by the crowd.
He has a golf club in one hand, and a microphone in the other.
The crowd continues to boo as Green taunts and shouts at them.
Putter Green: The pure absolute injustice that I've been dealt by this show.
I was the only person eliminated WITHOUT losing a match.
That's right, every other one of these losers had lost on their way out the door.
Not me, no instead that little snake Joe Burr pointed his finger at me with tears in his eyes, and said I was the one to go.
How is that fair?
It's not.
And then to further the injustice, I have by far the best performance in the Royal Rumble. I entered at #3, and last all the way till the end...by far on MY way to win, when that little brat Lizzie Rose had to interfere, and cost me everything. Because of her is why I lost.
I am DEMANDING I get my spot back on the roster, and I'm not leaving until that happens.
The crowd boos, as Putter stays in the ring.
The booing goes on for about a solid minute, until finally...
It's THE HOST...DAVE SULLIVAN IS HERE....
Dave Sullivan: Well, I suppose...you make a fair enough point.
But, your actions against Lizzie Rose where you ATTACKED her were absolutely atrocious. In my opinion, she had every right to get revenge in that Royal Rumble match.
But, you're right...you did get the...short end of the stick.
Sullivan gestures at Putter's short height as the crowd chuckles.
Dave Sullivan: So...here's the deal.
We're going to settle this little spat with you and Lizzie Rose once and for all.
Because TONIGHT...
You'll be fighting her...
The crowd roars with excitement at the idea of seeing Lizzie get her final revenge on Green.
You'll be fighting her in an I Quit Match.
Loser is off of Ground Zero for good.
If Putter wins...he gets Lizzie spot on the roster.
And with that, the crowd boos, fearing that Putter might defeat the fan favorite Lizzie Rose, who was seen still walking with a knee brace earlier in the night.
Putter smiles in the ring, knowing he's gotten just what he wanted.
___________
Broc Lobster: Well we're back, and we have our main event set. Lizzie Rose will finally have a chance at revenge, when she'll fight Putter Green in an I Quit match. If Lizzie loses, Putter takes her spot on the roster.
Daiquan Andrews: Man, Lizzie got everything to lose. Putter aint got nothing, he's already off the show. Plus her knee is all banged up, she gonna be in trouble. But I know what wanting revenge is like. I hope she finds what she's looking for.
Broc Lobster: So coming up now, another triple threat match. This one featuring the members of Team Goddess. Same rules as the first one...the person pinned is eliminated.
Daiquan Andrews: So damn, we cuttin down from 12 people to 8 tonight, just like that...
Broc Lobster: Great math, Daiquan. Yes, just like that, next week we'll be starting the show with just EIGHT. That is how close we're getting down to things. But who's next to go?
Daiquan Andrews: NO!
Broc Lobster: Joe Burr is eliminated! Riley dominates another one, as Joe Burr has taken the loss. The story book start for Burr with huge wins in the first few episodes, including that historic school boy on Stu Grimes, ended up taking a nose dive in the last few...and it all ends here when his momentum finally ran dry. Burr is our latest elimination.
Daiquan Andrews: Well...he lasted longer than anyone thought he would.
Broc Lobster: That is very true. Nicole Valander all the while has survived another week. She was smart to not interfere, or else she could've been the one in that bar choke. One more elimination match...and then finally...our main event!
__________
Broc Lobster: So coming up, our final elimination match, and Reagan Cole's first match on the roster now. He looked incredible last week when he entered the Royal Rumble and ended up eliminating eight stars, who were all teaming up against him, in order to earn a spot on Team Rockstar. Now, he has to defend that spot because if he gets pinned, he's out just like that.
Daiquan: Yo and let me tell you these are the three best dudes on Team Rockstar. McCoy and Hao have both looked incredible, and they're going to be tough to beat. Hard to believe we're this down into the show that it's down to one of these dudes going home, but that's the case here.
Broc Lobster: So who's it going to be? Here we go!
Daiquan Andrews: Awwwwwww Shucky Ducky Quack QUACK!
Broc: McCoy's journey has ended! I thought he had a chance to be in the finals, but Cole's emergence into Ground Zero has changed the game. Is he the new one to beat?
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know man. Marcus McClain has already qualified for the finals, and Hao just as easily could've won too. Then you got Caesar, and Riley too. Who knows how this goes down.
____________
Broc Lobster: Lizzie has done it! She wins! Lizzie wins!
Daiquan Andrews: So she gets her revenge after all. Hopefully this is the last we've seen of that Putter Green fool.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, Lizzie Rose has defied the odds by winning yet again despite her injured knee. Riley may have passed her up as the ace of Team Goddess, but Lizzie Rose...I'm telling you, she's a sleeper to win this whole thing.
Daiquan Andrews: Speakin of sleepers...Ima go take a nap.
Broc Lobster: ...and on that note, goodnight Seattle!
The show ends with the camera zooming in on a crying Lizzie Rose, who's celebrating in the ring after taking down Putter Green for the final time.
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Six
Wednesday, October 14th, 2020
Taped from Climate Pledge Arena in Seattle, Washington
[video=youtube;krHiJeHHeV4]
"Big Mack" Marcus McClain comes out to open up the show. The crowd pops as the Team Carnivore store enters the ring with his music playing and his titantron on in the background.
The storms down to the ring with a microphone in his hand.
Marcus McClain: We're just two weeks away from the finals. Two weeks away, from me being crowned as the Ground Zero Season 2 winner. I
Team Carnivore has some talent. I'll give my teammates from credit, Caesar is going to be one of the ones to beat.
But I'm telling you right now, nobody from Team Goddess or Team Rockstar is winning this.
Grayce Riley can't touch me.
Koncho Hao can't touch me.
And "Disco's Last Warrior" Chris Peacock definitely can't touch me.
I am BIG MACK.
And I'm going to be crashing into anyone who tries to get in my way to the FWA.
And I'll be proving that right here, right now, in this steel cage.
McClain drops the mic, as Chris Peacock's music hits and he heads to the ring for the first match.
Broc Lobster: BIG MACK DOES IT AGAIN! A dominating performance in the steel cage over Chris Peacock. This win makes Big Mack McClain the first official finalist...with just this episode and next week before the finals, this is huge for McClain.
Daiquan Andrews: You bet. This dude not gotsa confirmed spot in the ladder match finale to fight for an FWA contract.
Broc Lobster: Next week we will be having even more finalist matches, but until then we're going to be faced with TWO elimination matches coming up.
___________
Broc Lobster: So folks, I didn't get a chance to welcome you at the beginning of the show, so WELCOME TO THE SIX EPISODE OF FIGHT NIGHT. After tonight we have just two episodes left of Ground Zero season two. TWO weeks until the finale where we will see a winner crowned, with a guaranteed contract in the FWA.
Daiquan Andrews: It don't matter...
Broc Lobster: What do you mean it doesn't matter? It definitely matters!
Daiquan Andrews: Say that all you want man. I'm calling it now, we gonna see at least four people on here make the FWA roster.
Broc Lobster: You know what, I think you're absolutely right. There is so much talent on this entire roster, that I think we do have more than one who ends up making it. However, that doesn't dilute from the end game for this show, because nothing is guaranteed...nothing except the final prize for this one, which is a guaranteed FWA contract. The winner of this show will fight in FWA. Anyone else has to prove their way even further like everyone else.
Daiquan Andrews: Up next tho...AN ELIMINATION MATCH. That's right. All three teams are sending someone home tonight, and Team Carnivore's match is up first. Whoever gets pinned, is eliminated!
Broc Lobster: A powerful win for Caesar, who gives Big Mack a run for his money as the ace of Team Carnivore.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo, I don't know how anyone gonna beat either of these two Team Carnivore boys. They are tough.
Broc Lobster: But meanwhile, the biggest carnivore of all has just been eliminated! I thought for sure it'd be Cool Stepdad, but Stu Grimes bites the bullet here with an elimination.
___________
When we come back from a commercial, the eliminated Putter Green is standing in the ring getting boo'd by the crowd.
He has a golf club in one hand, and a microphone in the other.
The crowd continues to boo as Green taunts and shouts at them.
Putter Green: The pure absolute injustice that I've been dealt by this show.
I was the only person eliminated WITHOUT losing a match.
That's right, every other one of these losers had lost on their way out the door.
Not me, no instead that little snake Joe Burr pointed his finger at me with tears in his eyes, and said I was the one to go.
How is that fair?
It's not.
And then to further the injustice, I have by far the best performance in the Royal Rumble. I entered at #3, and last all the way till the end...by far on MY way to win, when that little brat Lizzie Rose had to interfere, and cost me everything. Because of her is why I lost.
I am DEMANDING I get my spot back on the roster, and I'm not leaving until that happens.
The crowd boos, as Putter stays in the ring.
The booing goes on for about a solid minute, until finally...
It's THE HOST...DAVE SULLIVAN IS HERE....
Dave Sullivan: Well, I suppose...you make a fair enough point.
But, your actions against Lizzie Rose where you ATTACKED her were absolutely atrocious. In my opinion, she had every right to get revenge in that Royal Rumble match.
But, you're right...you did get the...short end of the stick.
Sullivan gestures at Putter's short height as the crowd chuckles.
Dave Sullivan: So...here's the deal.
We're going to settle this little spat with you and Lizzie Rose once and for all.
Because TONIGHT...
You'll be fighting her...
The crowd roars with excitement at the idea of seeing Lizzie get her final revenge on Green.
You'll be fighting her in an I Quit Match.
Loser is off of Ground Zero for good.
If Putter wins...he gets Lizzie spot on the roster.
And with that, the crowd boos, fearing that Putter might defeat the fan favorite Lizzie Rose, who was seen still walking with a knee brace earlier in the night.
Putter smiles in the ring, knowing he's gotten just what he wanted.
___________
Broc Lobster: Well we're back, and we have our main event set. Lizzie Rose will finally have a chance at revenge, when she'll fight Putter Green in an I Quit match. If Lizzie loses, Putter takes her spot on the roster.
Daiquan Andrews: Man, Lizzie got everything to lose. Putter aint got nothing, he's already off the show. Plus her knee is all banged up, she gonna be in trouble. But I know what wanting revenge is like. I hope she finds what she's looking for.
Broc Lobster: So coming up now, another triple threat match. This one featuring the members of Team Goddess. Same rules as the first one...the person pinned is eliminated.
Daiquan Andrews: So damn, we cuttin down from 12 people to 8 tonight, just like that...
Broc Lobster: Great math, Daiquan. Yes, just like that, next week we'll be starting the show with just EIGHT. That is how close we're getting down to things. But who's next to go?
Daiquan Andrews: NO!
Broc Lobster: Joe Burr is eliminated! Riley dominates another one, as Joe Burr has taken the loss. The story book start for Burr with huge wins in the first few episodes, including that historic school boy on Stu Grimes, ended up taking a nose dive in the last few...and it all ends here when his momentum finally ran dry. Burr is our latest elimination.
Daiquan Andrews: Well...he lasted longer than anyone thought he would.
Broc Lobster: That is very true. Nicole Valander all the while has survived another week. She was smart to not interfere, or else she could've been the one in that bar choke. One more elimination match...and then finally...our main event!
__________
Broc Lobster: So coming up, our final elimination match, and Reagan Cole's first match on the roster now. He looked incredible last week when he entered the Royal Rumble and ended up eliminating eight stars, who were all teaming up against him, in order to earn a spot on Team Rockstar. Now, he has to defend that spot because if he gets pinned, he's out just like that.
Daiquan: Yo and let me tell you these are the three best dudes on Team Rockstar. McCoy and Hao have both looked incredible, and they're going to be tough to beat. Hard to believe we're this down into the show that it's down to one of these dudes going home, but that's the case here.
Broc Lobster: So who's it going to be? Here we go!
Daiquan Andrews: Awwwwwww Shucky Ducky Quack QUACK!
Broc: McCoy's journey has ended! I thought he had a chance to be in the finals, but Cole's emergence into Ground Zero has changed the game. Is he the new one to beat?
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know man. Marcus McClain has already qualified for the finals, and Hao just as easily could've won too. Then you got Caesar, and Riley too. Who knows how this goes down.
____________
Broc Lobster: Lizzie has done it! She wins! Lizzie wins!
Daiquan Andrews: So she gets her revenge after all. Hopefully this is the last we've seen of that Putter Green fool.
Broc Lobster: Meanwhile, Lizzie Rose has defied the odds by winning yet again despite her injured knee. Riley may have passed her up as the ace of Team Goddess, but Lizzie Rose...I'm telling you, she's a sleeper to win this whole thing.
Daiquan Andrews: Speakin of sleepers...Ima go take a nap.
Broc Lobster: ...and on that note, goodnight Seattle!
The show ends with the camera zooming in on a crying Lizzie Rose, who's celebrating in the ring after taking down Putter Green for the final time.
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Seven
Wednesday, October 21st, 2020
Taped from The Resch Center in Milwaukee, Wisconsin
The fireworks go off as the show opens with it's largest crowd yet. Folks are getting excited as Ground Zero nears the end.
Broc Lobster: WELCOME everyone to Ground Zero. This is our biggest week yet, because the rules are simple. Win tonight, and you're in the finals. Anybody who does not get a single win tonight will not be a finalist and will be sent home packing.
Daiquan Andrews: It's all on the line, everything they were working for. I'm pumped. This is like the playoffs man. Right here. And don't forget, Big Mack Marcus already qualified last week by beating Chris Peacock in that steel cage match. That dude is in. Who's going to join him?
__________
Second Chances Tournament
Held Earlier in the Evening
Broc Lobster: So earlier tonight before the show started, we had a tournament with everyone who was eliminated competing for a spot in a battle royal match in the main event.
Daiquan Andrews: Oh yeah, and if you see the underdog baby...Joe Burr was the one who beat them all, upsetting Charles Newry in that final match to make his way back to have a chance to be a finalist. If he wins in the battle royal, where he'll compete with the rest of tonight's losers, he will find himself in the ladder match next week. I'm excited for him.
Broc Lobster: But it's going to be hard. There are a lot of tough people to beat still left in this competition. We know for sure now Lizzie Rose is going to be in the Battle Royal, after losing to Grayce Riley right before the break. One of Koncho Hao and Phil Miller will be in it, one of Reagan Cole and Nicole Valander will be in it, and one of Caesar and Chris Peacock will be in it. It's going to be a hard match, but someone will win it. Could it be Burr?
__________
Broc Lobster: Koncho wins! He does it!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh man...oh man...here we go. This dude is gonna be the next Cyrus Truth. I'm calling it. He'll be in the Carnal Contendership match this December, then he gonna be out there fighting for the World Title. Next thing you know he gonna have four world title reigns.
Broc Lobster: I don't know if anyone is going to be "The Next Cyrus Truth" but Koncho has potential to win this competition for sure.
__________
Broc Lobster: Up next we have Reagan Cole vs Nicole Valander.
Daiquan Andrews: Man my girl Nicole is in trouble. She's been impressive, but this Reagan dude look nasty. He come in and eliminated eight dudes straight in the Royal Rumble to get on the show, and then he just got a big win in that triple threat last week too. Who he pin, Emerson McCoy? I mean, he tough.
Broc Lobster: Nicole is certainly at a disadvantage due to the lack of Ground Zero tape on Cole, but at the same time if Nicole can use Cole's tapes from his previous wrestling gigs she actually has MORE tape than Cole has on Valander. So we'll see...will Nicole join her brothers?
Broc Lobster: And COLE advances...Reagan Cole has advanced to the finals. Just like that, Team Rockstar becomes the first team to clinch more than one member. What a story for Cole, who missed the first half of the show, winning the Royal Rumble and now being a finalist. I'm excited for him.
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah man, the other finalists should be scared man. This due is tough and he hasn't lost on Ground Zero yet.
__________
In the office of Forbes Rooney, he, Sullivan, and Gabrielle are all sitting in chairs. Rooney looks furious, and so does Sullivan as Gabrielle looks on.
Forbes Rooney: I warned you...if we found out any more information about this, she'd have to be cut from the show. We can't...it's a liability.
Dave Sullivan: Look, her birthday is literally on October 30th. That's two days after the finals, I don't see why it has to be an issue now, we one more episode left.
Forbes Rooney: Because, it is. We can't let a 17 year old compete, Dave.
Sullivan slams his fist on Rooney's desk and walks out of the office, but the Executive Producer is having none of it.
__________
Broc Lobster: And to the surprise of no one, Caesar moves on.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know Broc, I thought this was the best match of the night. Chris Peacock, who was taken first out of anyone by Randy Ramon for his team, ends up falling here to Caesar.
__________
Broc Lobster: CHRIS PEACOCK WENT DOWN! WHAT! Lizzie Rose, with her injured knee and a loss to Grayce Riley earlier...has won this match.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I always knew Lizzie Rose had it in her. Didn't I always say she was gonna win?
Broc Lobster: No...you never said that...wait, uh oh...here comes Forbes Rooney!
__________
Forbes Rooney enters the ring, and shakes Lizzie's hand who is still celebrating after becoming a finalist in next week's main event.
Forbes Rooney: Congratulations Lizzie, on becoming the second finalist for Team Goddess. But I'm afraid, I have some bad news for Team Goddess. After further review, we are forced to disqualify a member of their team.
Lizzie looks shocked, worried that she's getting the boot due to her injury.
Forbes Rooney: This was a hard decision, but ultimat-
Suddenly, Rooney is interrupted by our host Dave Sullivan.
Dave Sullivan: ROONEY! I just want to say, this is absolute bullshit. That girl has a lot of talent, and for you to disqualify her, it's uncalled for.
Forbes Rooney: I am sorry Dave, but we just can't have it.
Lizzie is crying now, thinking she is DQ'd from the show.
Forbes Rooney: As of this moment, Grayce Riley of Team Goddess, is disqualified from the show. It has come to our attention that Grayce...with the help of our host, had lied about her age on her application. She is actually just 17 years old, and not 18 which was the minimum age required to compete. Obviously we can't have a person fighting on the show underage, so we are forced to remove her from the competition, and she will not be allowed to compete on the October 28th finale next week...
Dave Sullivan is fuming on top of the ramp as he shouts back into his mic at Rooney...
Dave Sullivan: No, no that is absolute bullshit. That girl has compete for seven episodes, dominating people left and right. I don't think she's even lost, and she was on track to become the next winner of this damn show. Her birthday is literally two days after the finale next week...TWO DAYS. And you're going to disqualify her...
Forbes Rooney: Obviously we hate the end the second to the last show like this, but we're in for a HUGE match next week, where we will crown the official winner of Ground Zero.
Thank you everyone, and have a good night.
Dave Sullivan: You have not seen the last of that girl. I'm going to get her a damn FWA contract, and she doesn't need this show for it. I have more pull than you'll ever have...MORE PULL THAN YOU WILL EV-
Sullivan's mic has been cut off as Rooney exits the ring with a smile.
The host is fuming as the show comes to a close.
Broc Lobster: WOW! Grayce Riley has been disqualified right before the finale.
Daiquan Andrews: Well you can't compete if you're underage.
Broc Lobster: A controversial ending for sure. Well folks, that's all for tonight...tune in next week for the final episode of Ground Zero, where we will see who the next FWA Star will be! Goodnight Wisconsin!
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Seven
Wednesday, October 21st, 2020
Taped from The Resch Center in Milwaukee, Wisconsin
The fireworks go off as the show opens with it's largest crowd yet. Folks are getting excited as Ground Zero nears the end.
Broc Lobster: WELCOME everyone to Ground Zero. This is our biggest week yet, because the rules are simple. Win tonight, and you're in the finals. Anybody who does not get a single win tonight will not be a finalist and will be sent home packing.
Daiquan Andrews: It's all on the line, everything they were working for. I'm pumped. This is like the playoffs man. Right here. And don't forget, Big Mack Marcus already qualified last week by beating Chris Peacock in that steel cage match. That dude is in. Who's going to join him?
__________
Second Chances Tournament
Held Earlier in the Evening
Broc Lobster: So earlier tonight before the show started, we had a tournament with everyone who was eliminated competing for a spot in a battle royal match in the main event.
Daiquan Andrews: Oh yeah, and if you see the underdog baby...Joe Burr was the one who beat them all, upsetting Charles Newry in that final match to make his way back to have a chance to be a finalist. If he wins in the battle royal, where he'll compete with the rest of tonight's losers, he will find himself in the ladder match next week. I'm excited for him.
Broc Lobster: But it's going to be hard. There are a lot of tough people to beat still left in this competition. We know for sure now Lizzie Rose is going to be in the Battle Royal, after losing to Grayce Riley right before the break. One of Koncho Hao and Phil Miller will be in it, one of Reagan Cole and Nicole Valander will be in it, and one of Caesar and Chris Peacock will be in it. It's going to be a hard match, but someone will win it. Could it be Burr?
__________
Broc Lobster: Koncho wins! He does it!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh man...oh man...here we go. This dude is gonna be the next Cyrus Truth. I'm calling it. He'll be in the Carnal Contendership match this December, then he gonna be out there fighting for the World Title. Next thing you know he gonna have four world title reigns.
Broc Lobster: I don't know if anyone is going to be "The Next Cyrus Truth" but Koncho has potential to win this competition for sure.
__________
Broc Lobster: Up next we have Reagan Cole vs Nicole Valander.
Daiquan Andrews: Man my girl Nicole is in trouble. She's been impressive, but this Reagan dude look nasty. He come in and eliminated eight dudes straight in the Royal Rumble to get on the show, and then he just got a big win in that triple threat last week too. Who he pin, Emerson McCoy? I mean, he tough.
Broc Lobster: Nicole is certainly at a disadvantage due to the lack of Ground Zero tape on Cole, but at the same time if Nicole can use Cole's tapes from his previous wrestling gigs she actually has MORE tape than Cole has on Valander. So we'll see...will Nicole join her brothers?
Broc Lobster: And COLE advances...Reagan Cole has advanced to the finals. Just like that, Team Rockstar becomes the first team to clinch more than one member. What a story for Cole, who missed the first half of the show, winning the Royal Rumble and now being a finalist. I'm excited for him.
Daiquan Andrews: Yeah man, the other finalists should be scared man. This due is tough and he hasn't lost on Ground Zero yet.
__________
In the office of Forbes Rooney, he, Sullivan, and Gabrielle are all sitting in chairs. Rooney looks furious, and so does Sullivan as Gabrielle looks on.
Forbes Rooney: I warned you...if we found out any more information about this, she'd have to be cut from the show. We can't...it's a liability.
Dave Sullivan: Look, her birthday is literally on October 30th. That's two days after the finals, I don't see why it has to be an issue now, we one more episode left.
Forbes Rooney: Because, it is. We can't let a 17 year old compete, Dave.
Sullivan slams his fist on Rooney's desk and walks out of the office, but the Executive Producer is having none of it.
__________
Broc Lobster: And to the surprise of no one, Caesar moves on.
Daiquan Andrews: I don't know Broc, I thought this was the best match of the night. Chris Peacock, who was taken first out of anyone by Randy Ramon for his team, ends up falling here to Caesar.
__________
Broc Lobster: CHRIS PEACOCK WENT DOWN! WHAT! Lizzie Rose, with her injured knee and a loss to Grayce Riley earlier...has won this match.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I always knew Lizzie Rose had it in her. Didn't I always say she was gonna win?
Broc Lobster: No...you never said that...wait, uh oh...here comes Forbes Rooney!
__________
Forbes Rooney enters the ring, and shakes Lizzie's hand who is still celebrating after becoming a finalist in next week's main event.
Forbes Rooney: Congratulations Lizzie, on becoming the second finalist for Team Goddess. But I'm afraid, I have some bad news for Team Goddess. After further review, we are forced to disqualify a member of their team.
Lizzie looks shocked, worried that she's getting the boot due to her injury.
Forbes Rooney: This was a hard decision, but ultimat-
Suddenly, Rooney is interrupted by our host Dave Sullivan.
Dave Sullivan: ROONEY! I just want to say, this is absolute bullshit. That girl has a lot of talent, and for you to disqualify her, it's uncalled for.
Forbes Rooney: I am sorry Dave, but we just can't have it.
Lizzie is crying now, thinking she is DQ'd from the show.
Forbes Rooney: As of this moment, Grayce Riley of Team Goddess, is disqualified from the show. It has come to our attention that Grayce...with the help of our host, had lied about her age on her application. She is actually just 17 years old, and not 18 which was the minimum age required to compete. Obviously we can't have a person fighting on the show underage, so we are forced to remove her from the competition, and she will not be allowed to compete on the October 28th finale next week...
Dave Sullivan is fuming on top of the ramp as he shouts back into his mic at Rooney...
Dave Sullivan: No, no that is absolute bullshit. That girl has compete for seven episodes, dominating people left and right. I don't think she's even lost, and she was on track to become the next winner of this damn show. Her birthday is literally two days after the finale next week...TWO DAYS. And you're going to disqualify her...
Forbes Rooney: Obviously we hate the end the second to the last show like this, but we're in for a HUGE match next week, where we will crown the official winner of Ground Zero.
Thank you everyone, and have a good night.
Dave Sullivan: You have not seen the last of that girl. I'm going to get her a damn FWA contract, and she doesn't need this show for it. I have more pull than you'll ever have...MORE PULL THAN YOU WILL EV-
Sullivan's mic has been cut off as Rooney exits the ring with a smile.
The host is fuming as the show comes to a close.
Broc Lobster: WOW! Grayce Riley has been disqualified right before the finale.
Daiquan Andrews: Well you can't compete if you're underage.
Broc Lobster: A controversial ending for sure. Well folks, that's all for tonight...tune in next week for the final episode of Ground Zero, where we will see who the next FWA Star will be! Goodnight Wisconsin!
FWA Network presents
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Eight: Finale
Wednesday, October 28th, 2020
Taped from MGM Grand Garden Arena in Las Vegas, Nevada
The fireworks in MGM Grand go off as this packed crowd is hyped up for the Grand Finale episode of Ground Zero Season Two. These fans know they are witnessing history tonight as one person will win the main event and get a guaranteed shot to move onto the FWA.
Broc Lobster: Good evening everyone, and welcome to the very last episode of Ground Zero Season Two. Whether it's the very last episode of Ground Zero is a question that remains unanswered.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo that's right Broc. Three years separated Ground Zero Season One and this season. So who knows. Are we gonna get a new season of Ground Zero next September? Probably not. Could we see another season in like five years? Probably not. But I mean who knows with these things, right?
Broc Lobster: One question that won't be unanswered is the one that's been building all season long...who is going to be crowned the winner of this show and get a guaranteed FWA Contract? But first, we have a few matches featuring past competitors tonight, where we will relive and showcase some of the best that Ground Zero has had to offer.
Daiquan Andrews: And ah yo, don't forget about Grayce Riley.
Broc Lobster: That is correct. Last week, Riley was disqualified from the show despite being the second contestant to qualify for the main event. It was discovered that Riley was not Grayce Riley after all, and instead is someone named Kleio De Santos. This Kleio was only 17 years old, and obviously that means she wasn't allowed to compete in this show.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you mean a 17 year old girl was whopping everyone's asses all up in here?
Broc Lobster: Supposedly, she turns 18 in two days. So we will see if she gets an FWA contract then. But first, one of the most controversial and shocking moments of the entire season was in our very first match, when Joe Burr shocked the world when he school boy'd the giant Stu Grimes. They fought off later in a School Boy match, which Stu Grimes won. Now, we'll see them fight one more time tonight...it's REVENGE OF THE SCHOOL BOY II.
Broc Lobster: Wh-...what? Burr did it again!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh no...oh boy...here we go. The internet wrestling forums are going to be having a fit about this one.
Broc Lobster: There will definitely be some controversy about that fast count from the ref, but Burr did it! He will end his Ground Zero career with an upset win over Stu Grimes.
Daphne and Janet Shelley hug in the ring and celebrate as Nicole Valander furiously kicks at the mat, with her brothers Mike and Louis giving her support from the crowd.
Broc Lobster: Well one of the biggest feuds of the season was this Mother-Daughter day time TV show drama fest between Janet and Daphne Shelley. Dr. Phil was close to being brought in as a special guest referee at one point as these two were ready to tear each other apart. But they reconciled in the Royal Rumble a few episodes a go, and now it's clear that things are back to normal in the Shelley family.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I always thought Daphne's mom had it goin on myself. Total MILF right there if you know what I'm saying right?
Broc Lobster: I don't. But the question remains, what is next for the Shelley girls? Will Daphne continue to pursue her dreams? Will Janet support her? Find out on next week's episode of Maury.
______________
Broc Lobster: ONE more match until our ladder match finale, and it is huge. It is to determine who will replace the DQ'd Grayce Riley in the six man ladder match. Emerson McCoy was the runner up in the tournament last week, and Chris Peacock was the last to be eliminated in the battle royal. They are probably two of the best stars to not have qualified, but one of them will tonight!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo my money is on Peacock man. He tough, and this McCoy dude lost to Joe Burr last week.
Broc Lobster: You always say your money is on someone, and that person never ends up winning...and you never actually put money down either.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo bet. Bet. Put money down right now.
Broc Lobster: Okay, I'm a betting man. I'll take your bet, I like McCoy in this match anyways. How much do you have in your pocket?
Daiquan Andrews: Uh...let me check....uh...I got about tree fiddy.
Broc Lobster: Wait a minute...you're not a lochness monster are you?
Daiquan Andrews: WHAT?
Broc Lobster: Never mind. Let's just get on with the match.
Daiquan Andrews: YO I TOLD YOU! I TOLD YOU!
Broc Lobster: Just...just shut up...
Daiquan Andrews: I TOLD YOU MY BOY WAS GONNA WIN MAN. PEACOCK GONNA WIN IT ALL NOW.
Broc Lobster: Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo Broc...yeah um...I'm gonna be bout tree fiddy.
Broc Lobster: Now you wait just a damn minute....
____________
Broc Lobster: Well we are back from the break. My broadcast partner may or may not be eight stories tall and a crustacean from the protozoic era, but let's not get into that now.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you are just mad that I was right.
Broc Lobster: Even the sun shines on the cold side of a dog's ass every once in awhile.
Daiquan Andrew: Yo are you the dog or the ass in that metaphor?
Broc Lobster: Enough. It is time for our main event! A six man ladder match. Winner gets a guaranteed path to the FWA. All the hard work, all built up to this moment right here. Who's going to be our winner?
Daiquan Andrews: My money is on Chris Peacock.
It's absolute chaos still as Hao's declared the winner.
Marcus McClain is screaming in the referee's face that he's the one who pulled the briefcase down.
Chris Peacock is claiming he had the briefcase while in the pile up, and that he should be the winner.
Reagan Cole is saying the same thing.
But it's Koncho Hao...who is now outside the ring and already halfway up the ramp, who's clutching that FWA Contract.
Broc Lobster: I can't believe what I just saw! Ladies and gentlemen, we just had a fumble pile up on national television, with four different men in there fighting for that briefcase. In the end, only one man got it. Koncho Hao of Team Rockstar has done it!
Daiquan Andrews: There were so many directions I thought this one was gonna go man. There is so much talent in this six man ladder match. We might see all six of these fighters in the big leagues some day.
Broc Lobster: But only one with that guaranteed contract in their hands. Congratulations to Koncho Hao! A controversial ending for sure. Technically, it was the other three who pulled the briefcase down, but Hao was holding it! Then the pile up! Who knows how many times that briefcase changed hands while the referees were trying to sort it out. But in the end, Hao had it.
Ladies and gentleman it has been an honor broadcasting this season of Ground Zero.
You will certainly see a good chunk of these stars in the FWA. But, one thing is for sure...Koncho Hao will be there.
Koncho Hao and his coach Randy Ramon celebrate on top of the ramp. Hao holds the briefcase up high and proud as the screen fades to black.
WINNER OF GROUND ZERO SEASON TWO: "THE MAD WIZARD" KONCHO HAO
Ground Zero: Season 2
Episode Eight: Finale
Wednesday, October 28th, 2020
Taped from MGM Grand Garden Arena in Las Vegas, Nevada
The fireworks in MGM Grand go off as this packed crowd is hyped up for the Grand Finale episode of Ground Zero Season Two. These fans know they are witnessing history tonight as one person will win the main event and get a guaranteed shot to move onto the FWA.
Broc Lobster: Good evening everyone, and welcome to the very last episode of Ground Zero Season Two. Whether it's the very last episode of Ground Zero is a question that remains unanswered.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo that's right Broc. Three years separated Ground Zero Season One and this season. So who knows. Are we gonna get a new season of Ground Zero next September? Probably not. Could we see another season in like five years? Probably not. But I mean who knows with these things, right?
Broc Lobster: One question that won't be unanswered is the one that's been building all season long...who is going to be crowned the winner of this show and get a guaranteed FWA Contract? But first, we have a few matches featuring past competitors tonight, where we will relive and showcase some of the best that Ground Zero has had to offer.
Daiquan Andrews: And ah yo, don't forget about Grayce Riley.
Broc Lobster: That is correct. Last week, Riley was disqualified from the show despite being the second contestant to qualify for the main event. It was discovered that Riley was not Grayce Riley after all, and instead is someone named Kleio De Santos. This Kleio was only 17 years old, and obviously that means she wasn't allowed to compete in this show.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you mean a 17 year old girl was whopping everyone's asses all up in here?
Broc Lobster: Supposedly, she turns 18 in two days. So we will see if she gets an FWA contract then. But first, one of the most controversial and shocking moments of the entire season was in our very first match, when Joe Burr shocked the world when he school boy'd the giant Stu Grimes. They fought off later in a School Boy match, which Stu Grimes won. Now, we'll see them fight one more time tonight...it's REVENGE OF THE SCHOOL BOY II.
Broc Lobster: Wh-...what? Burr did it again!
Daiquan Andrews: Oh no...oh boy...here we go. The internet wrestling forums are going to be having a fit about this one.
Broc Lobster: There will definitely be some controversy about that fast count from the ref, but Burr did it! He will end his Ground Zero career with an upset win over Stu Grimes.
Daphne and Janet Shelley hug in the ring and celebrate as Nicole Valander furiously kicks at the mat, with her brothers Mike and Louis giving her support from the crowd.
Broc Lobster: Well one of the biggest feuds of the season was this Mother-Daughter day time TV show drama fest between Janet and Daphne Shelley. Dr. Phil was close to being brought in as a special guest referee at one point as these two were ready to tear each other apart. But they reconciled in the Royal Rumble a few episodes a go, and now it's clear that things are back to normal in the Shelley family.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo I always thought Daphne's mom had it goin on myself. Total MILF right there if you know what I'm saying right?
Broc Lobster: I don't. But the question remains, what is next for the Shelley girls? Will Daphne continue to pursue her dreams? Will Janet support her? Find out on next week's episode of Maury.
______________
Broc Lobster: ONE more match until our ladder match finale, and it is huge. It is to determine who will replace the DQ'd Grayce Riley in the six man ladder match. Emerson McCoy was the runner up in the tournament last week, and Chris Peacock was the last to be eliminated in the battle royal. They are probably two of the best stars to not have qualified, but one of them will tonight!
Daiquan Andrews: Yo my money is on Peacock man. He tough, and this McCoy dude lost to Joe Burr last week.
Broc Lobster: You always say your money is on someone, and that person never ends up winning...and you never actually put money down either.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo bet. Bet. Put money down right now.
Broc Lobster: Okay, I'm a betting man. I'll take your bet, I like McCoy in this match anyways. How much do you have in your pocket?
Daiquan Andrews: Uh...let me check....uh...I got about tree fiddy.
Broc Lobster: Wait a minute...you're not a lochness monster are you?
Daiquan Andrews: WHAT?
Broc Lobster: Never mind. Let's just get on with the match.
Daiquan Andrews: YO I TOLD YOU! I TOLD YOU!
Broc Lobster: Just...just shut up...
Daiquan Andrews: I TOLD YOU MY BOY WAS GONNA WIN MAN. PEACOCK GONNA WIN IT ALL NOW.
Broc Lobster: Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up. Shut up.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo Broc...yeah um...I'm gonna be bout tree fiddy.
Broc Lobster: Now you wait just a damn minute....
____________
Broc Lobster: Well we are back from the break. My broadcast partner may or may not be eight stories tall and a crustacean from the protozoic era, but let's not get into that now.
Daiquan Andrews: Yo you are just mad that I was right.
Broc Lobster: Even the sun shines on the cold side of a dog's ass every once in awhile.
Daiquan Andrew: Yo are you the dog or the ass in that metaphor?
Broc Lobster: Enough. It is time for our main event! A six man ladder match. Winner gets a guaranteed path to the FWA. All the hard work, all built up to this moment right here. Who's going to be our winner?
Daiquan Andrews: My money is on Chris Peacock.
It's absolute chaos still as Hao's declared the winner.
Marcus McClain is screaming in the referee's face that he's the one who pulled the briefcase down.
Chris Peacock is claiming he had the briefcase while in the pile up, and that he should be the winner.
Reagan Cole is saying the same thing.
But it's Koncho Hao...who is now outside the ring and already halfway up the ramp, who's clutching that FWA Contract.
Broc Lobster: I can't believe what I just saw! Ladies and gentlemen, we just had a fumble pile up on national television, with four different men in there fighting for that briefcase. In the end, only one man got it. Koncho Hao of Team Rockstar has done it!
Daiquan Andrews: There were so many directions I thought this one was gonna go man. There is so much talent in this six man ladder match. We might see all six of these fighters in the big leagues some day.
Broc Lobster: But only one with that guaranteed contract in their hands. Congratulations to Koncho Hao! A controversial ending for sure. Technically, it was the other three who pulled the briefcase down, but Hao was holding it! Then the pile up! Who knows how many times that briefcase changed hands while the referees were trying to sort it out. But in the end, Hao had it.
Ladies and gentleman it has been an honor broadcasting this season of Ground Zero.
You will certainly see a good chunk of these stars in the FWA. But, one thing is for sure...Koncho Hao will be there.
Koncho Hao and his coach Randy Ramon celebrate on top of the ramp. Hao holds the briefcase up high and proud as the screen fades to black.
WINNER OF GROUND ZERO SEASON TWO: "THE MAD WIZARD" KONCHO HAO
The third season of Ground Zero was the first to change the game. This season was a special tag team edition, where only tag teams were allowed to compete. Hosted by Saint Sulley again, this season was won by The Internet Anti H8 Squad.
Official Roster
| Nuances of Wrestling Ground Zero S3: Episode 1 (RECAP)
| |
Written by Ty Johnson Head Writer November 10th, 2021 | |
[video=youtube;4xaEGC1xjRQ] Let me just start by praising the person who made the intro video for Ground Zero. He is one of NoW's top viewers, a user by the name of Jiggy! Great dude, and apparently a huge Chris Kennedy mark. But never the less, credit and applaud to him. Covering Ground Zero is big for me, as someone who competed on the show myself and won in it's first season. This season of Ground Zero is obviously very unique, as it's featuring TAG TEAMS as opposed to singles stars as the first season did. Similar concept as the first two shows where all the competitors are divided up onto a team run by "coaches". In the past we saw three coaches, but in this season we just have two tag teams both of which have championship experience. The first team consists of former FWA Tag Team champs, and a former X Champ, with The Undisputed Alliance! And The second team is even bigger...they are the current FWA Tag Team Champions, current CWA Tag Team Champions, and one of them is even currently the X Champ. It's THE GANG STARS. Meanwhile, on commentary, former FWA Tag Team Champions themselves...GHOST DOGS. I probably won't cover much of the commentary in these recaps, but I think it's a much better improved duo than what we had with Broc Lobster and Daiquan Andrews last season. That's saying that as someone who was best friends with Daiquan Andrews. That guy is not fit for a commentary job. Good on Broc though for being able to get that Meltdown job. Anyway, onto the matches for this week. Match One All Brand Tag Team Tornado Elimination Battle Royal In the first two seasons of Ground Zero, we saw the opening match as the Ground Zero Showdown match. An all out battle royal type of brawl where if you get a pin, you are safe and can leave the match, but the last ones standing were eliminated at the end. This gimmick was tossed away this season, and we instead opened up with a battle royal featuring all 23 teams. Pinfalls were the only way to get eliminated. But here was the twist, the first team to get pinned was out of the show for good. Here's the next twist, the winner of the battle royal gets to eliminate another team on the spot. So right out of the gate, the stakes were high. Here is the elimination order below. 23. The Thompson Twins (Eliminated from the show) 22. Claw and Order 21. The Wrights 20. Leviathans 19. Toxic Wonderland 18. Poni Boi 17. Donut Demolishers 16. The Nomads 15. The Internet Anti H8 Squad 14. We Do Exist 13. Kung-fu Boom 12. The Coven 11. The Eye of the Beholder 10. The Heroes of Earth 9. The Terrorizers 8. The Bedlam Brothers 7. Action Force 6. The Revolution 5. Fun With Austrians 4. Ragashat Men 3. The Alchemists 2. Dem Franchise Boys 1. The Lumberjacks So as you can see above, The Thompson Twins were the first ones pinned when Action Force pinned both of them AT THE SAME TIME. Michael and Pichael went on to argue their way all the way up the ramp. Meanwhile, former CWA stars Dem Franchise Boys and The Lumberjack twins ended up the last in the ring, but it was The Lumberjacks who went on to win. As advertised, they got to choose any team to eliminate. Would it be Dem Franchise Boys who appeared to be stronger competition? No. It wouldn't, as it was actually the Fun With Austrians team that bumped heads with The Lumberjacks the most in the match, meaning that they choose the FWA (Fun With Austrians) team to be the second team to pack their bags on the first night. Hans and Franz were upset about the decision, but never the less left the arena. First Eliminated: The Thompson Twins (No Team) Second Eliminated: Fun With Austrians (No Team) THE DRAFT Following the show case battle royal, our two teams of coaches then made their decisions both based on what they saw in that opening match and just judging overall on looks. Here is the results of that draft (The UA picked first). Team Alliance 1. The Lumberjacks 2. Dem Franchise Boys 3. Action Force 4. Ragashat Men 5. The Revolution 6. The Nomads 7. Kung-fu Boom 8. The Internet Anti H8 Squad 9. Donut Demolishers Team Gang Stars 1. The Alchemists 2. We Do Exist 3. The Heroes of Earth 4. Leviathans 5. The Bedlam Brothers 6. The Coven 7. The Terrorizers 8. The Eye of the Beholder 9. Toxic Wonderland Left undrafted were The Wrights, Claw and Order, and Poni Boi. As a result, it was announced by the host of the season (and past seasons) Saint Sulley that those three undrafted teams would be competing in the main event of the evening in a triple threat tag team match. The team to get pinned? Eliminated from the show. The team getting the pin? They get to pick which of the two teams they will join. The team in between will get placed on the other team. Simple enough right? Match Two (Team Alliance match) Dem Franchise Boys vs Action Force In the first official tag team match of the night we saw the second and third picks to Team Alliance face off against each other. Because this match is interteam, it isn't an elimination match. Supposedly how things are going to work on the show is that any match that's team vs team will be an elimination match. Any match where two tag teams within the same team compete against each other will not be elimination. Simple enough right? Dem Franchise Boys had a lot of hype going on, but it was Arnold and Sylvester who pulled out the big upset win to make a statement. Winners: Action Force Match Three (Team Gang Stars match) The Heroes of Earth vs Leviathans In the third match of the night two teams from Team Gang Stars faced off. Capt. Ray Gun and the Terra Tree of Living against Megladon Man and Gator Guy. Both two strange teams who matched up well. It was the Leviathans who ended up using their brute strength to get the victory. Winners: Leviathans Main Event Match Four Poni Boi vs Claw and Order vs The Wrights With their spot on the roster on the line, these three teams battled it out as the three teams undrafted. The winning team would get to choose their coaches, and the team pinned would be eliminated. While Poni Boi would control most of the match, it would be the quirky detective duo of Claw and Order that would get the win by pinning Karen Wright and eliminating The Wrights. Winners: Claw and Order Eliminated: The Wrights After the match, Claw and Order choose to join Team Alliance. This meant that Poni Boi ended up on Team Gang Stars. Segment of the Night While there were a few good scenes during this show, this segment from The Alchemists is being showcased as my #SegmentOfTheNight
Overall it was a great first show. With so many teams in the mix it's going to be hard for every team to get proper exposure early on. It looks like going forward we're going to see 4-5 matches each week with at least three teams being eliminated. As a remainder, the winner of this season will get a GURANTEED contract with the FWA. So now that the first episode has aired, what are your thoughts? Who is your favorite team? Which team do you think will win the whole damn thing? Which teams will be cut from the pack next week? Give me your thoughts in the comments down below! |
| Nuances of Wrestling Ground Zero S3: Episode 2 (RECAP)
| |
|
Written by Ty Johnson Head Writer November 17th, 2021 | |
[video=youtube;4xaEGC1xjRQ] Again praise to our favorite user Jiggy for the intro video he created for Ground Zero. He is a gem. This is the second episode of Ground Zero Season 3. We saw the first three teams get the axe on the first episode with The Thompson Twins, Fun With Austrians, and The Wrights all packing their bags on going home. That meant that Claw and Order would join Team UA, and Poni Boi would join Team Gang Stars. 20 teams remain, with 10 on each team. What this episode did for Ground Zero was establish some form of format to understand. As we know from last week, any team vs team match would be an elimination match (losers go home) and any inter team matches would be just for bragging rights. It looks like we'll be getting three team vs team matches each week, and two inter team matches (one from each team). Match One We Do Exist (Team GS) vs Ragashat Men (Team UA) Elimination Match Our first match was between our dinosaur looking friends We Do Exist face off against the Ragashat Men. It's worth noting that Smaug and Tyranus were the second team drafted by Team Gang Stars last week, so clearly Krash and Alyster Black were high on them. However in the end it would be the Ragshat Men who would get a big upset after Rebboj hit a DDT on Smaug to pin him for the win. Winners: Ragashat Men (Team UA) Eliminated: We Do Exist (Team GS) Match Two The Coven vs Toxic Wonderland Team GS vs Team GS It's an inter Gang Stars match as two pairs of girls face off against each other. The spooky witch sisters Blair and Celestia Underwood would prove to be evenly matched against Hunter Havok and Spencer Von Starr. However it'd be The Coven that gets their first win after Blair Ravenwood rolled up SVS for the win. Winners: The Coven Match Three Poni Boi (Team GS) vs Kung-fu Boom (Team UA) Elimination Match Another elimination match as Poni Boi from Team Gang Stars would face off against Kung-fu Boom from Team Alliance. Poni Boi is coming into this with two note worthy things. The first is that they were nearly eliminated LAST week after not being drafted. They ended up not getting a pin in the main event, but they didn't get pinned either which meant they stayed for another week. Another thing is that they JUST fought in an FWA match two days prior against Saint Sulley and Joe Burr himself. Sulley is actually the host of this show, so I wonder if he had anything to do with Poni Boi being in an elimination match? Never the less, their second match in three days proved too much as they get their second loss in three days. Also note worthy, the team being coached by the tag team champs has had the first two eliminations of the show. Winners: Kung-fu Boom (Team UA) Eliminated: Poni Boi (Team GS) Match Four The Revolution vs The Internet H8 Squad Team UA vs Team UA In this match up between two teams of Team Alliance, The Revolution would go up against The Internet H8 Squad. This was probably the most intense match of the night as both teams battled for control back and forth. In the end it would be Nick "N Force" Frostman who would get the win with a surprise super kick towards the face of Nathan "Play" Station. Winners: The Revolution Main Event Match Five Dem Franchise Boys (Team UA) vs The Alchemists (Team GS) Elimination Match This main event was set up to be one for the ages from the start. The second team drafted for Team UA last week vs the first team drafted for The Gang Stars. One highly touted team would be packing their bags early! Dem Franchise Boys have a lot of professional experience, but it would be Boston and Wesley Elric who would get the big win after The Alchemists would hit their tag team finisher ABC (Another Bad Creation). Boston got the pin over Chris "The Franchise" Jackson. Winners: The Alchemists (Team GS) Eliminated: Dem Franchise Boys (Team UA) Segment of the Night While there were a few good scenes during this show, this segment from The Coven is my showcase for the week!
So three more teams have packed their bags, and we're down to just 17. Only one team will be the winner though! Team Gang Stars lost two teams this week, while Team UA lost just one. Dem Franchise Boys getting eliminated on Episode 2 was a big shock. Will we see any more big surprises next week? Leave your comments below. Who was your favorite team this week? Who will be eliminated next week? It's worth noting that not every team is going to compete every week, especially with as big as the roster is right now. There were a few teams who didn't make it on the air this week, but I'm sure we will see them next week for sure! |
| Nuances of Wrestling Ground Zero S3: Episode 3 (RECAP)
| |
|
Written by Ty Johnson Head Writer November 24th, 2021 | |
[video=youtube;4xaEGC1xjRQ] We are onto our third episode of Ground Zero Season 3. We have so far seen six teams eliminated. Last week both We Do Exist and Dem Franchise Boys packed their bags and went home, which was a big shock as they were high draft picks by both teams. The Gang Stars also lost Poni Boi, which puts them down a team in comparison to Team UA going into this episode. Per the usual format we saw three elimination matches between teams, and two interteam matches. Match One The Terrorizers (Team GS) vs The Nomads (Team UA) Elimination Match The first match of the night saw The Terroizers from Team Gang Stars face off against The Nomads from Team UA. The Nomads actually featured a Ground Zero season 1 contestant with Ralph Maddox, this time joined by his little brother Matt. However, Matt and Ralph would fall victim to the Terrorizers as Terrorizer #1 would go on to spear Matt Maddox through the security barricade. Maddox would be counted out and The Terrorizers would win by countout. They live another week, while The Nomads are eliminated. This one tied things up as both teams now have 8 remaining duos. Winners: The Terrorizers (Team GS) Eliminated: The Nomads(Team UA) Match Two Leviathans vs The Bedlam Brothers Team GS vs Team GS In the first interteam match of the night, Leviathans from Team GS would take on The Bedlam Brothers also from Team GS. Megladon Man and Gator Guy looked strong in this match, but The Bedlam Brothers proved that talent runs in the Bedlam family (their brother Tommy is currently on Meltdown). Jimmy Bedlam would get his team the win after hitting a frog splash on Megladon Man and hooking his leg for the pin. Winners: The Bedlam Brothers Match Three The Heroes of Earth (Team GS) vs ACTION FORCE (Team UA) Elimination Match Another elimination match as The Heroes of Earth would take on Action Force. Sylvester and Arnold started the match by taking turns wearing down Terra The Living Tree. Eventually it was Capt. Ray Gun who had to come in and carry the load. Capt. Gunn ended up eating a spinebuster from Sylvester however and was pinned for the loss, thus eliminating The Heroes of Earth. Action Force, representing Team UA, would move on. Winners: ACTION FORCE (Team UA) Eliminated: The Heroes of Earth (Team GS) Match Four Claw and Order vs The Donut Demolishers Team UA vs Team UA In the fourth match of the night we saw Claw and Order take on The Donut Demolishers. Both teams belonging to Team UA. This was a pretty even match through, and although it looked like momentum kept swinging towards Val Quinn and Mar Cruz, it would be Claw and Order who would get the win after Val Quinn tapped out to a sleeper hold from "White Claw" Buster Murphy. The buddy cops went on to win again, quite a redemption story after nearly being eliminated in the first episode. Winners: Claw and Order Main Event Match Five The Lumberjacks (Team UA) vs The Eye of the Beholder (Team GS) Elimination Match In the main event we saw the final elimination match of the night, and it featured two strong teams from both sides. The Lumberjacks of course were the winners of the battle royal in Episode One, and actually were the top draft picks for Team UA. Team Gang Stars drafted The Eye of the Beholder a bit lower, and it was clear this wasn't very matched. Doug and Dan LuPone took turns wearing down both Bobby Fettlewhittick and Charisma Trent. Eventually Doug LuPone hit Charisma Trent with a big boot and covered her for the pinfall victory. The Lumberjacks would continue their run of dominance in this one while The Eye of the Beholder would be eliminated. Winners: The Lumberjacks (Team UA) Eliminated: The Eye of the Beholder (Team GS) Segment of the Night For the second week in a row, the segment of the night comes from The Coven! Check out the youtube clip below.
By the end of the night Team UA would have 8 duos remaining while Team Gangstars would have 6. Team Gang Stars is dwindling and needs to make a comeback next week. Meanwhile The Lumberjacks are the big favorites now to win the entire show, having dominated at several points already. The Bedlam Brothers also looked strong this week, and Claw and Order is emerging as a dark horse to win. Also what is going on with those crazy girls from The Coven? Will they succeed in summoning Lilith? That's all for this recap of Ground Zero Season 3 Episode 3. Tune in next week for Episode 4. Leave a comment below with your thoughts on the episode, who you think has the best chance to win, and who you think may be eliminated next week! |
| Nuances of Wrestling Ground Zero S3: Episodes 4, 5, and 6 (RECAP)
| |
|
Written by Ty Johnson Head Writer December 16th, 2021 | |
[video=youtube;4xaEGC1xjRQ] Hello all, apologies for the lack of a recaps in the last few weeks. NoW has been slacking, but to make up for it I'll be covering the last THREE episodes of Ground Zero that aired on Dec. 1st, Dec. 8th, and Dec. 15th. There have been a lot of eliminations, leading up to the semi finals that took place last night. But first we're going to cover the Dec. 1st episode of this season, which was the season's 4th episode. Episode 4 (December 1st, 2021) Episode 4 followed a similar format as the other episodes, with three team vs team elimination matches sandwiching two interteam matches for bragging rights. The first match we saw the Anti Internet Hate Squad (Team UA) take on Toxic Wonderland (Team GS). Station and Yokida would ultimately get the win as Havok and Von Starr would be eliminated. After that we saw a Team UA only match as The Revolution went up against Kung Fu Boom. The Revolution would continue their strong swing of momentum as they got the win. Another elimination match followed with the Ragashat Men vs Leviathans. Megladon Man and Gator Guy dominated most of the match, and ended up getting a big win as they moved on for Team Gang Stars, perhaps turning the team's luck around. Following was a Team UA showdown between The Terrorizers and The Bedlam Brothers. Jimmy and Jason Bedlam would end up getting the win, although both teams came out looking incredibly strong in this one. Lastly in the main event of the night, another elimination match, between Action Force (Team UA) and The Alchemists (Team GS). Ultimately, it'd be The Alchemists who'd continue their strong showing by eliminating Action Force and moving on. Episode 5 (December 8th, 2021) On the 5th episode we opened we an elimination match, Kung-fu Boom vs The Terrorizers. In a momentum shift for Team Gangstars who ended up going down many numbers early on, The Terrorizers would win and suddenly even up the numbers. Both teams would have now just 5 teams remaining on each side, and only 10 teams remained on the roster. The second match saw The Bedlam Brothers take on The Coven both from Team Gangstars. The Bedlam Brothers dominated the match for a good portion, but after the lights mysteriously went off, they came back on to show Blair Ravenwood pinning Jason Bedlam to get the win. Nobody was eliminated due to the fact that this was an inter team match. The third match was another elimination match however, this time between The Alchemists and The Donut Demolishers. Yet again The Alchemists would win, sending the Donut Demolishers home and also giving Team Gangstars a comeback lead. Following that match would be another interteam match between The Revolution and Claw and Order. The Revolution would go on to win with double superkicks to Whiteclaw Murphy. And in the main event elimination match, it'd be a powerhouse showdown as Leviathans would face off against The Lumberjacks. The match last nearly 20 minutes as both duos of strongmen would go at it. But in the end The Lumberjacks would win after a knockout punch from Doug Lupone sent Megladon Man to the ground. LuPone got the pin and sealed the victory for The Lumberjacks who would move onto the semi finals. Episode 6 Semi Finals (December 15th, 2021) Finally in last night's episode we saw the Semi Finals. The format would change slightly now as there would only be four matches between the surviving eight teams, and every one of those matches would be an elimination match. Match One Anti Internet H8 Squad (Team UA) vs The Terrorizers (Team GS) In the first match of the night we'd see the AIHS take on The Terrorizers. This match was quick and fast paced, with both speedy teams bouncing off every rope and turnbuckle. In the end Nathan "Play" Station would slip up and get taken out by Terrorizer #2 who would propel his team to victory. Winner: The Terrorizers (Team Gang Stars) Eliminated: Anti Internet H8 Squad (Team UA) Match Two Claw and Order vs The Bedlam Brothers In the second match we'd see Buster Murphy and Dave O'Houlihan take on the Bedlam Brothers. The Bedlam Brothers dominated for most of the match, but after Jimmy Bedlam got too big of an ego and started taunting, "White Claw" Buster Murphy hit him with a quick clothesline from hell than gave Claw and Order yet another upset win. Claw and Order remains underdogs as they head into the finals. Winner: Claw and Order (Team UA) Eliminated: The Bedlam Brothers (Team Gang Stars) Match Three The Coven vs The Lumberjacks The Lumberjacks went into this one as the big Vegas favorites, but The Coven ended up being a bit surprising for them. Blair and Celestia Ravenwood held off the two giants as best as they could. But in the end it wouldn't be enough as Dan LuPone would initiate a bear hug on Celestia followed by a spinebuster. The Lumberjacks moved on as The Coven would be eliminated. Winner: The Lumberjacks (Team UA) Eliminated: The Coven (Team Gang Stars) Match Four The Alchemists vs The Revolution In the final match of the night, two of the best teams would clash head to head as The Alchemists would take on The Revolution. Frostman and Palmer came close a few times to getting a win, but the Elric brothers just kept kicking out. In the end Wesley Elric would hit a shooting star press on Nick Frostman and get the pin to give The Alchemists a win in their third straight elimination match. Winner: The Alchemists (Team Gang Stars) Eliminated: The Revolution (Team UA) Segment of the The Last Three Weeks The best segment out of these three shows comes from The Anti Internet H8 Squad. Check it out below!
So big things went down in the Episode 6 Semi Finals as we saw four teams get eliminated. Now just four teams remain. The Terrorizers Claw and Order The Lumberjacks The Alchemists In the Episode 7 finale we will see ONE final winner. Who is it going to be? |
| Nuances of Wrestling Ground Zero S3: Episode 7 Finale (REVIEW)
|
|
Written by Ty Johnson Head Writer |
[video=youtube;4xaEGC1xjRQ] Hi all, Ty Johnson here yet again. I apologize for the long wait, but my review of the final Ground Zero episode is here at last. That is correct, this post will be a review format as opposed to the recap one. I apologize for how watered down this has become, but I am looking forward to getting it finished here by announcing the winner of Ground Zero Season 3 at long last. This season saw many teams, but each week more and more got eliminated. Which meant going into the finale, we had just four teams left, or so we thought. Claw and Order, The Lumberjacks, The Alchemists, and The Terrorizers. But at the beginning of the episode, host Saint Sulley announced a twist. An opportunity for TWO teams to return back into the action, making this a SIX team finale. After a huge tournament that took place before the show aired live with all the remaining teams, it was two teams that would move on. Blair and Celestia Ravenwood of The Coven, and The Anti Internet H8 Squad. So of course finally, the remaining matches would occur. Six teams, each match from this point on being elimination. We opened up first with Claw and Order vs The Terrorizers, and it was The Terrorizers who finally won and put Claw and Order out of their misery. After that, The Alchemists faced off against The Coven...also winning and sending the Witch sisters home yet again. Following that, the Lumberjacks who won a hard fought fight against The Revolution. And last but not least, the Anti Internet H8 Squad who continued their momentum after winning the earlier tournament, and upset The Bedlam Brothers to advance to the next round. In the semi finals now we saw The Anti Internet H8 Squad against The Terrorizers. Nathan "Play" Station would get a big win again and propel his team to yet another upset, getting into the finals. But it was the next fight that was one everyone was looking forward to, between two of the most dominant teams of the show. The Lumberjacks vs The Alchemists. This fight was intense and went back and forth, but ultimately The Lumberjacks would end up making their statement by getting the win. And so last but not least we had the finale. The Lumberjacks vs The Anti Internet H8 Squad, a team previously eliminated. One might think The Lumberjacks had this in the bag, but...don't forget, this was a ladder match! The mobile high flying team was too quick for The Lumberjacks, and ultimately Nathan "Play" Station grabbed the briefcase to secure the miracle run as The Anti Internet H8 Squad were crowned winners of Ground Zero Season 3. Overall it was a solid season that introduce the tag team twist. I probably still rank Season 2 so far as the best Ground Zero season, even over my own where I won the whole damn thing, but this one was just as memorable. Congratulations to Nathan and Akira on their victory, and guaranteed contracts on the FWA roster should they choose to accept them. No word yet on if they will or not however, so stay tuned! Winners of Ground Zero Season 3:
|
| Winner History |
Season One: Ty Johnson Season Two: Konchu Hao Season Three: The Internet Anti H8 Squad |
_chad-gable-german-suplex-full.gif)
/cdn.vox-cdn.com/uploads/chorus_image/image/45177680/17_Nitro_12061999_0383.0.0.jpg)
